Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Asset Management - Bonds / Record

Record

rec · LSE Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker rec
Exchange LSE
Sector Financial Services
Industry Asset Management - Bonds
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Record
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
recordfg.com

Modernisation, diversifi  cation 
and succession gather pace...

Record plc Annual Report 2023

 
 
 
Our purpose
To continue to harness trends 
and innovate by collaborating 
with our clients

Our vision
Diverse partnerships of fi nancial 
specialists – creating unique, 
opportunistic, sustainable solutions

Our mission
Independent, candid advice derived 
from our 40-year legacy – as we 
evolve into a global asset 
management network

Our value proposition
Transparency and trust, above all. 
We listen to clients, truly understand 
their needs then collaborate with 
like-minded specialist partners from 
a wide range of asset classes to 
deliver solutions

Financial 
statements
Independent 
auditor’s report
Financial 
statements
Notes to 
the fi nancial 
statements

96 to 145

Additional 
information

146 to 148

Five year summary

146

Information for 
shareholders

Defi nitions

147

148

97

106

113

Annual Report 2023
Contents

Strategic report

1 to 54 

Governance

55 to 95 

Chairman’s 
introduction

Board of Directors

Corporate 
governance report
Nomination 
Committee report
Audit Committee 
report
Remuneration 
report

Directors’ report

Directors’ 
responsibilities 
statement

57

58

60

67

70

76

92

95

Financial highlights

About us

Chairman’s 
statement
Chief Executive 
Offi  cer’s statement

Business model

Products 
and distribution

Products

Strategy

Key performance 
indicators

Sustainability

Task Force on 
Climate Related 
Financial Disclosures 
(“TCFD”)
Section 172 
Companies Act 2006 
– Our stakeholders 

Operating review

Financial review

Risk management

Viability statement

1

2

6

8

10

12

14

18

22

26

33

37

40

44

49

54

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

1

Financial highlights

Our year in numbers

Assets Under Management Equivalents1 (“AUME”)

Ordinary dividend per share

$87.7bn
+5.5%

2022: $83.1bn

Earnings per share

5.95p
+31.6%

2022: 4.52p

Revenue

£44.7m
+27.4%

4.50p
+25%

2022: 3.60p

Profi  t before tax

£14.6m
+33.9%

2022: £10.9m

Total dividend per share

(including special of 0.68p)

5.18p
+14.6%

2022: £35.1m

2022: 4.52p (including special: 0.92p)

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

1.  For the majority of its Currency Management and Derivative Overlay products, Record manages only the impact of foreign exchange and not the underlying assets, therefore 

its “assets under management” are notional rather than real. Conversely, for its Asset Management products, Record’s role as Investment Manager includes managing 
the underlying assets in the more conventional sense of managing AUM. Consequently, when combined, to distinguish this from the AUM of conventional asset managers, 
Record uses the concept of Assets Under Management Equivalents (“AUME”) and by convention this is quoted in US dollars. AUME is an alternative performance measure 
and further detail on how it is defi ned is provided on page 24.

 
 
 
 
2 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

About us

Record began with a spark. An idea, Currency Overlay, 
which led to the signing of the world’s fi rst Currency 
Overlay mandate in 1985. We’ve been harnessing trends 
ever since, with curiosity, innovation and integrity. 

We were one step ahead then when we began and we aren’t standing still 
today – as we invite greater diversity of thought, to deliver specialist 
partnerships and new solutions for our clients.

Our approach

Listen 
A client-focused approach 

Deliver 
Unique, innovative and 
sustainable solutions

Understand
Using strengths and 
experience developed 
over 40 years in business 

Our values

People fi rst

Integrity

Our clients value our understanding of how achieving 
long-term, sustainable investment objectives is a 
mindful journey, as much as an economic one. Then 
there’s our team – championed for its intellectual 
diversity, passion and dynamism. It’s our people that 
makes us great.

We’ve always had a legacy of honesty and upfront 
client advice during 40 years in existence – and that 
will never change. This ethos echoes throughout our 
people, our relationships, our products and our fees. 
And, as an impartial, independent, premium listed 
business, we are guided by the highest levels of best 
practice and ethical codes of conduct.

Collaboration

We fi rmly believe in the power of many. Our 
expanding network of like-minded specialists 
globally means we can call on various strengths and 
expertise. This fl  exibility allows us to customise 
unique solutions for our clients.

Kindness

In many ways, we can be described as empathetic 
investment advisers and champions of varied 
thought. Listeners fi rst, we get to know our clients 
and learn what their needs are – then we create 
customised solutions that fi t their specifi c needs.

Curiosity

We are restless minds driven by curiosity, ideas and 
innovation. We always question, so we can give our 
clients excellence and value. We are not afraid to say 
no if it’s not the right investment fi t. Or to dig a bit 
deeper – to unearth other opportunities or create 
new solutions that don’t yet exist.

Annual Report 2023 

3

Record plc 

About us

Where we operate
Where we operate

The Group’s main geographical markets, as determined by the location 
of clients to whom services are provided, are the UK, North America and 
Continental Europe, in particular Switzerland. The Group also has clients 
elsewhere, including Australia.

The Group’s Head Offi  ce is in Windsor, UK from where the 
majority of its operations are performed and controlled. 
The Group also has offi  ces in London, New York, Zürich, 
Frankfurt, Düsseldorf and Amsterdam.

In addition to these main markets, we continue to explore 
new geographical markets which we believe may off  er 
attractive opportunities.

Rest of the world

$3.6bn
4%

United Kingdom

$7.4bn
9%

Continental Europe

$57.9bn
66%

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

North America

$18.8bn
21%

Global AUME and operating locations

 Head Offi  ce (Windsor)     
 Other offi  ces     
 Client locations

 
 
 
 
4 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

About us continued

Group structure – Record Financial Group

The Group’s main trading subsidiaries are shown below with a brief 
explanation of the products and services off  ered by each

Record PLC

Record Currency 
Management

Record Group 
Services

Record
Digital

Record Asset
 Management

Registered with FCA in UK, 
and SEC, CFTC in US. Provides 
currency management and 
derivative services and 
solutions to clients and acts 
as UK fund distributor. 

Provides shared services 
and support across Group 
companies.

Invests in early stage 
Financial Technology 
companies including Digital 
Assets.

German MiFID company 
– registered with BaFiN, 
provides investment 
management services and, 
through its subsidiary, acts 
as distributor for funds 
alongside selected partners 

in the EU.

For details of full subsidiary 
undertakings please see pages 124 to 125

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

5

Our investment case

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Growth
Strategy focused on accelerated growth through 
investment in diversifi cation and modernisation now 
delivering increases in revenue and profi ts

Dividend policy
Strong history of paying dividends with policy targeting 
ordinary dividend pay-out ratio between 70% - 90% of 
annual earnings, plus special dividends.

Three year annual compound growth:
Revenue: 

Three year annual compound growth:
Ordinary dividends:

Profi  t before tax: 

+20.4% p.a.
+23.6% p.a.

Earnings per share: 

+25.1% p.a.
+22.2% p.a.

Balance Sheet and cash generation
Robust and liquid Balance Sheet provides solid 
platform for continued value creation alongside cash 
generative business model and no external debt

As at 31 March 2023:
Net assets: 

Assets managed as cash (no external debt):

£28.3m
£14.5m

See fi nancial statements from page 106 for further 
information

Partnerships
Partnerships with established and expert partners in 
alternative asset classes provide additional skillsets 
and strong pipeline of innovative products off  ering 
unique investment opportunities

See page 12 for further information on our partnerships

Client relationships and AUME
Trusted and longstanding institutional client 
relationships built over 40 years in managing currency 
and derivatives provides a solid foundation and strong 
asset base upon which to grow

Three year annual compound growth:
AUME: 

+14.4% p.a.

See page 42 for further AUME information

Geographical reach
Regulated asset management business and growing 
team established in the EU improves geographical 
reach and provides passporting opportunities for our 
partners

Offi  ces in UK, USA, Switzerland, Germany and 
Netherlands

See page 3 for more information on the locations of our 
client base

 
 
 
 
6 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Chairman’s statement

This past year 
ending 31 March 2023 
(“FY-23”) has been 
another year of change 
and growth at Record. 
The business which I 
founded 40 years ago 
is beginning to look 
fundamentally diff  erent 
from its founding 
conception. 

Neil Record
Chairman

Total dividends per share

5.18p

FY-22: 4.52p

Earnings per share

+15%

5.95p +32%

FY-22: 4.52p

For most of the past four decades, that conception – of 
our specialising solely in the management of currencies 
and currency risk – held sway.

In the last three years, the fi rm has chosen, and is now 
executing, an enhanced business strategy rooted in our 
core strengths and values. We are using technology to 
strengthen and modernise our systems across the whole 
business, providing effi  ciency of delivery and an enhanced 
user experience for clients of our core traditional currency 
management services, whilst enabling new opportunities 
for off  ering a more scalable and diversifi ed suite of asset 
management products and services to both existing and 
potential clients.

In FY-23, we received regulatory approval from the German 
fi nancial regulator, BaFin, for our subsidiary Record Asset 
Management GmbH (“RAM”) as an asset manager, and 
are now starting to manage funds. We are developing an 
infrastructure fund business which will be managed by 
RAM, and which we hope will grow to provide a material 
diversifi cation strand. We are engaged in agreeing 
partnerships with a range of high-quality asset and fund 
managers, for whom we will off  er distribution services in 
Europe and the UK.

Despite our historic experience of low growth in the currency 
management sector, FY-23 has, somewhat surprisingly, 
proved to be showing interesting signs of a new type of 
growth. We have for many years now been providing passive 
currency hedging services to institutional investors, mainly 
pension funds. While these mandates can sometimes 
be large (>$10 billion), we have experienced steady fee 
compression over the past decade, only now levelling out 
at very low levels. But a diff  erent client type – international 
asset managers – have begun to recognise that large-scale 
passive currency hedging is a specialist activity, where scale 
and technology infrastructure means that outsourcing to a 
fi rm like Record is a cost-eff  ective choice. 

While we had previously seen a small cadre of our existing 
asset manager clients continually increase their mandate size 
as they added funds and expanded their businesses, we are 
now seeing incoming enquiries from new, large international 
managers. Asset manager Passive Hedging mandates are 
often technically challenging, but also off  er much better 
fee rates than institutional clients’ mandates. We have not 
seen signifi cant fee compression in this sector, and so these 
mandates off  er an attractive risk-adjusted return, and a new 
source of potential growth. Some of these asset managers 
operate in the private debt sector; this sector is experiencing 
strong growth in the wake of the 2008/09 global fi nancial 
crisis, supplanting banks as a signifi cant source of loan 
capital. Passive Hedging mandates for this sub-sector 
therefore represent a substitution for one aspect of the old 
bank treasury function; and one we are well-positioned to 
take advantage of.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

7

Chairman’s statement

Financial overview
For the second successive year, the Group has delivered 
an exceptional set of results, reflected by material 
growth in both revenue and earnings. As stated above, 
the opportunities for further growth are significant and 
diversified across both new and traditional products and 
services, supported by a strong leadership team and a 
robust succession plan.

I am confident that our strategy of modernisation and 
diversification is the right direction for the Group, firmly 
supported by the Group’s highly cash-generative business 
model accompanied by its robust and liquid balance sheet, 
with total equity of £28.3 million.

Further information on financial results can be found in 
the Financial review section on page 44. 

Capital and dividend
The change in the firm’s strategy, decided and executed 
in FY-21, is continuing to flow through to the financial 
performance of the business.

Our capital policy aims to ensure retention of capital 
assessed as required for regulatory purposes, for working 
capital purposes and for investing in new opportunities for 
the business. Our dividend policy targets a level of ordinary 
dividend within the range of 70% to 90% of annual earnings, 
and which allows for progressive and sustainable dividend 
growth in line with the trend in profitability. It is also the 
Board’s intention, subject to financial performance and 
market conditions at the time, to return excess earnings over 
ordinary dividends for the financial year and adjusted for 
changes in capital requirements, to shareholders, normally 
in the form of special dividends.

The Board is recommending a final ordinary dividend of 
2.45 pence per share (FY-22: 1.80 pence) with the full-year 
ordinary dividend at 4.50 pence per share (FY-22: 3.60 pence), 
representing a 25% increase in the ordinary dividend and 
an ordinary payout ratio of 76% of earnings. The interim 
dividend of 2.05 pence was paid on 30 December 2022, and 
the final ordinary dividend of 2.45 pence will be paid on 
9 August 2023 to shareholders on the register at 14 July 2023, 
subject to shareholder approval.

Having carefully reviewed the current level of Group 
capital against its ongoing requirements for regulatory and 
investment purposes and to support its continued growth, 
the Board is announcing a special dividend of 0.68 pence 
per share to be paid simultaneously with the final ordinary 
dividend. Total proposed dividends per share for the year 
are 5.18 pence per share (FY-22: 4.52 pence) compared to 
earnings per share of 5.95 pence (FY-22: 4.52 pence).

The Board
On 1 March 2023 I announced that I would be retiring from 
the Chairmanship and the Board after 40 years at the helm. 
We announced at the same time the appointment of David 
Morrison as independent Non-executive Director, and 
Chair-elect.

David is very well known to Record. In 1985, his then 
employer, Abingworth, at the time a venture Investment 
Trust, acquired 24.5% of Record from a start-up angel 
investor. Abingworth also became a client at the same time. 
David sat on the firm’s Board until 1992, when Abingworth 
sold its stake. Then again, in 2009, David re-joined the newly 
IPO’d firm as an independent Non-executive Director (“NED”), 
sitting until 2018, when he reached his term limit. In his third 
term as a NED, and, from July 2023, Record‘s Chairman, he will 
preside over a much-changed firm, with multiple developing 
strands and a new background of growth. I am confident his 
deep understanding of Record, and his own long experience 
in asset management, will serve our shareholders well.

I am leaving Record's Board with mixed emotions. Record has 
been my life for 40 years. I founded the firm when I had just 
turned 30, and I will leave it when I will have just turned 70. 
It has been the most rewarding career imaginable, meeting 
fascinating individuals from all walks of life, building teams 
of colleagues over multiple years, and most importantly 
building a business which I believe is capable of becoming 
multigenerational. I have the highest confidence in the 
current management under our CEO Leslie Hill and her senior 
team, and I plan to remain a significant shareholder for many 
years to come.

Outlook
In contrast with the optimistic tone with which I feel I can talk 
about Record, I see many serious and deep challenges ahead 
for the global economy in general, and for the developed 
West in particular.

Across the board, Western governments have arguably over-
extended themselves both in the scope and scale of public 
expenditure, and in their method of financing this expenditure 
– namely through debt. Much of this debt is, in practice, 
monetary financing via “Quantitative Easing”. Central banks, 
and their sponsoring governments, may find this financing 
becoming increasingly onerous as short rates rise. The same 
issue has already hit some regional banks in the US, and may 
hit more. This monetary dislocation is running concurrently 
with very low or zero productivity growth in much of the 
global economy. It remains to be seen whether Western 
democracies can find policies to re-establish low-inflation 
growth.

Record is not immune from these challenges, but structurally 
we are positioned to be nimble and adaptable to client 
demand as it develops and changes. While cost pressures 
(particularly labour costs) will undoubtedly impact the 
business, the current pace of growth and change should 
allow the revenue to grow sufficiently to more than 
compensate for the cost-base growth.

I leave the business in good health; vibrant, enthusiastic and 
looking for new opportunities. I couldn’t have wished for 
more.

Neil Record
Chairman

29 June 2023

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
Most of you will I hope remember the three-year target I 
set out last year which aims for revenue of £60 million by 
this time in 2025, while improving margins and increasing 
profi ts. We are on target to achieve this, with revenues of 
£44.7 million and pre-tax profi ts of 14.6 million reported for 
the fi nancial year (FY-23). Let me explain in more detail what 
we have been doing and what plans we have for this coming 
year (FY-24).

Our three pillars are diversifi cation, modernisation and 
succession planning.

Diversifi  cation
There are some key strands to this – diversifying our product 
off  ering, our client base and our activities. To achieve this we 
have now created a number of subsidiaries whose leaders 
report to me as CEO of the parent company, Record plc, but 
who have their own budgets and aspirations for the future. 
More details are set out below in our Succession section, but 
the subsidiaries are Record Currency Management Limited, 
Record Asset Management GmbH (“RAM”), Record Currency 
Management (US) Inc., Record Group Services Limited and 
Record Digital Asset Ventures Ltd (“Record Digital”). This 
structure is not there simply to complicate things, but to give 
regulatory support and oversight and create effi  ciency, while 
allowing for agency and autonomy for each of the subsidiary 
CEOs. 

Modernisation
After a few years of using a “renovating the house while we 
are living in it” analogy it now feels the right time to retire 
that rather tired phrase, as the house is now open for new 
guests and looking very much more attractive and modern 
than it did previously. We see IT under the leadership of 
our CTO as central to our shared services concept and 
indeed to our whole business, and will continue to develop 
and invest in this area. It has been a complex journey but I 
am happy, indeed amazed, to say we managed to stay on 
budget and on target for deliverables, which is a real tribute 
to the whole team. This is a signifi cant achievement which 
has been marked by the recent launch of our new Record 
platform (“R-Platform”) which went live post year-end and 
the rollout of our new Reporting suite, as well as signifi cant 
enhancements to the scope of our trading activities. With 
this we can unlock scale, effi  ciency and ensure happy clients 
going forward. I am thrilled with it.

8 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Chief Executive Offi    cer’s statement

I have now been CEO 
for three years and 
am happy to report 
encouraging progress 
in each of the three 
pillars of the revitalising 
strategy I set out for the 
business when I took on 
the role.

Leslie Hill
Chief Executive Offi    cer

Revenue

£44.7m +27%

FY-22: £35.1m

Profi  t before tax

£14.6m +34%

FY-22: £10.9m

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

9

Chief Executive Offi    cer’s statement

Succession
New subsidiary CEOs – as my focus shifts to working closely 
with our new Chairman in further building and leading the 
Record Financial Group from the top, our new subsidiary 
CEOs, Dr Jan Witte and Rebecca Venis, are already heading up 
Record Currency Management and Record Digital respectively 
and our investors will see more of them this year. I’m also 
excited by the future plans we have for new leadership of 
our Emerging Market Sustainable Finance family, upon which 
we hope to give further information in FY-24. These changes 
are a testament, not only to the talents of these individuals, 
but also to my commitment with the Board to promoting, 
training and off  ering opportunities for leadership and share 
ownership to more and more of our colleagues as we build 
this 40-year-old stable and experienced currency manager 
into a real multi-asset manager for the 21st century.

Financial performance
We continue our focus on growing the business through 
diversifi cation and modernisation, and it’s testament to the 
hard work of the management team and all of our colleagues 
that we are reporting impressive growth again this year in 
both revenue and profi t, of 27% and 34% respectively.

The balance between maintaining good cost control and 
ensuring that the business has the appropriate level of 
resource to support its growth trajectory has proved 
even more challenging through this year due to the high 
infl  ationary environment and cost pressure seen across 
the whole of our business. Inevitably we have seen a 
consequent rise in our cost base for FY-23, which will be 
carried forward into the current fi nancial year (FY-24), 
where we can expect to see the full-year impact. Whilst 
this may have inhibited growth in our operating margin 
somewhat this year, we remain confi dent that the current 
strong pipeline of opportunities in both our currency and 
higher revenue-margin and more scalable asset management 
products into FY-24 will serve to counter this impact over the 
next couple of years.

Outlook
The next phase of our development of Record is to reap some 
of the rewards of our modernisation and diversifi cation. 
The soil has been fertilised over the last few years, and 
the new plants well heeled in. For quite some time they 
have been putting down roots and like any young tree 
more has been going on under the surface than on the top. 
As was clear at our Capital Markets day recently, the next 
phase should see some new revenue from our diversifying 
strands at RAM and Record Digital as well as continued 
work to scale our currency business. This continues our 
theme of diversifi cation and modernisation, while our recent 
promotions carries on our theme of succession planning for 
the long-term future. We will continue to keep a close watch 
on costs but drive forward with our three-year plan. 

Leslie Hill
Chief Executive Offi    cer

29 June 2023

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

 
 
 
 
10 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Business model

Our purpose

Our resources

Our strategy

Record was born of an 
idea that no one else 
in our industry had: 
Currency Overlay, 
which led to the 
signing of the world’s 
fi rst Currency Overlay 
mandate in 1985. 
Four decades later, we 
purposefully continue 
to harness trends, 
ignite ideas and spark 
innovation, with 
intellectual, inquisitive 
and diverse thinking. 
And we apply this 
never-standing-still 
approach to all our 
specialist 
partnerships and 
solutions.

This way, we stay 
one step ahead for 
our clients.

Client relationships
We forge strong, collaborative and 
long-standing client relationships 
acting as a trusted adviser, 
underpinned by a deep understanding 
of each client’s opportunities and 
investment objectives.

Expertise and 
partnerships
We are experts in FX and derivatives 
products and markets and we use this 
in collaboration with our expanding 
network of like-minded specialist 
partners to build unique solutions 
for our clients across the asset 
management universe.

Technology and 
innovation
We continually invest in the 
modernisation of our systems and 
technology to help us innovate and to 
ensure we achieve scalable, robust and 
effi  cient delivery of our products and 
services for our clients.

Financial strength
Record is a highly cash-generative, 
asset-light business with a strong 
balance sheet and a disciplined 
and rigorous approach to capital 
management – strengths which 
have guided us through various and 
challenging market cycles over 40 
years in business.

Values and culture
Strong values and a culture built over 
40 years underpin the way we work, 
guiding our behaviour, operations and 
communications in everything we do.

Our strategy is focused 
on accelerated growth 
supported by the 
following three pillars:

Modernisation
Investing in new technology is 
essential for ensuring our 
business remains competitive 
and innovative. It gives greater 
fl  exibility to adapt to changes in 
markets and investor appetite, 
whilst providing more effi  cient 
working practices and scalable 
solutions.

Diversifi  cation
Our expertise in collaboration 
with like-minded partners 
combines to provide innovative 
solutions that fulfi l specifi c 
investor objectives. Successful 
diversifi cation spans every 
aspect of our business: people, 
products, client types and 
geographies, specialist skill sets 
and alternative markets.

Succession
As our business moves into a 
new era, it remains vital for our 
future success that key 
individuals are retained and 
encouraged to become 
long-term employees and 
equity holders in Record.

See more on 
pages 18 to 21

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

11

Business model

Our fi  nancial model

Benefi  ts to our 
stakeholders

The business is highly 
cash-generative with a robust 
balance sheet and strong capital 
position. A rigorous and disciplined 
approach to capital management 
allows the business to reinvest for 
growth and to drive shareholder 
value and returns. The Group holds 
no external debt.

Cash generation

Our highly cash-generative business model 
allows us to remain independent, 
self-fi nancing with no external debt. We use 
the cash generated to reinvest into the 
business in the pursuit of growth in line with 
our strategy, to ensure the day-to-day 
expenditure requirements of the business are 
met, and to return surplus cash to our 
shareholders in the form of dividends or 
share repurchases.

Net cash infl  ow (before tax) from operating activities:

£14.7

FY-22: £12.7m

+16%

Returns to shareholders – total dividends per share:

5.18p

FY-22: 4.52p

+15%

Clients
In all respects, we are a client-led business. We 
listen to our clients, understand their investment 
objectives and, using our expertise alongside that 
of our chosen partners, deliver innovative products 
and services and the highest levels of client service.

People
Our people make our business great and are 
championed for their intellectual diversity, passion 
and dynamism. We are committed to ensuring 
that our culture openly refl  ects our values and to 
creating the best possible working environment 
where our people can thrive. 

Society
Providing support for local community-led projects 
and charitable causes.

Environment
Reduced environmental impact – we have committed 
to reduce our own carbon emissions and to develop 
impactful and sustainable investment solutions 
alongside our clients and partners.

Shareholders
To ensure the long-term success of the Group and to 
deliver enhanced shareholder value through growth 
in fi  nancial performance and progressive and 
sustainable capital distributions.

See more on 
pages 37 to 39

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

 
 
 
 
12 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Products and distribution

We aim to forge long-term partnerships with 
clients, acting as their trusted adviser to fully 
understand their investment objectives in 
order to develop effective solutions.

Strategic approach
Record’s strategic sales objective is to drive accelerated 
revenue growth diversified by product, geography and client 
type. It aims to achieve this objective with a sharp focus on 
the following four areas:

•  a broad range of flagship products (which are 

“best-in-class” amongst their respective competitors);

•  strategic partnerships with our clients, offering the 
highest levels of client service, and close strong 
relationships with other service providers including 
third-party fund managers;

•  flexible infrastructure to deliver solutions to clients in 

the most efficient manner possible; and

•  a regional focus by product.

Flagship products
Record has been a specialist currency manager for 40 
years and continues to put tailored currency solutions at 
the core of our offering. These are now complemented by 
best-in-class asset management offerings, with the range 
of yield products expected to grow over time.

The Record EM Sustainable Finance Fund (“EMSF”), which we 
successfully launched in June 2021 in collaboration with UBS 
Wealth Management, continues to substantially outperform 
its peers. Our ability to actively manage the portfolio in 
a variety of ways has allowed for outperformance both 
through the EM sell-off following the invasion of Ukraine 
and during the “risk-on” environment of the recovery in asset 
prices in early 2023. The EMSF’s robust portfolio construction 
makes it an attractive alternative to conventional EM Debt for 
investors across the spectrum.

Dynamic Hedging has been at the heart of Record since 
inception and it continues to go from strength to strength, 
adding two new North American clients over the year. While 
the management of the product has evolved over half a 
decade from a pure systematic strategy to a one-stop FX risk 
advisory service with systematic asymmetry at its core, its 
appeal remains enduring as currency volatility has returned 
to markets.

An increased focus on currency risk from investors in 
private market assets has been a key part of the drivers 
behind the surge in interest in currency risk management 
from alternative asset managers. Record’s highly tailored 
and differentiated offering in the space combines best-
in-class infrastructure, relationships and operational risk 
management with an unparalleled depth of expertise in the 
design and ongoing management of hedging programmes 
where there is limited liquidity.

A new addition to the line-up in asset management, 
GP Stakes, recently launched in April 2023, is unquestionably 
a market-leading strategy that is generating significant 
interest from existing clients as well as prospects, 
particularly in the family office arena. At its core is a strategy 
that allows investors to participate in the decade-long trend 
of growth in private markets by participating in the high 
profit margins generated by alternative asset managers 
through management fees, carried interest and enterprise 
growth. This is complemented by innovative product design 
which mitigates the J-curve and allows for high levels of 
vintage diversification, while structuring for liquidity and 
rapid deployment of capital, sticking points in traditional 
closed-end drawdown vehicles.

Partnership
We have made good progress in developing solutions 
in partnership with our clients and selected third-party 
managers in order to deliver highly tailored outcomes that 
solve a specific investment objective. As before, our role can 
encompass any number of initiator and structurer, distributor, 
portfolio manager, and currency hedger. These opportunities 
arise from the trusted partner status our clients bestow 
upon us in recognition of the exceptional client service they 
receive and our sales and investment teams’ flexibility and 
attention to detail. 

The upcoming launch, anticipated in the second quarter of 
FY-24, of a Protected Equities product for a multi-family 
office client provides a good example of this approach. 
The strategy combines a multi-factor active global equity 
approach with a tail risk hedging solution to protect against 
significant drawdowns. The product was launched under 
Record’s newly established Luxembourg Fund Umbrella. The 
investment thesis is brought jointly by the client and Record 
and relies on Record’s portfolio management expertise for 
delivery. This will be complemented by joint distribution with 
the family office. Expert sub-investment advice is additionally 
provided by two carefully selected third-party managers, 
both from the US, who will deliver to a tightly specified 
mandate in order to meet the client’s goals.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

13

Products and distribution

Another example of this partnership approach has been in 
digital lending where, in partnership with Fasanara Capital, 
the leading specialist in the field, we have been able to win 
three mandates, each with their own unique investment 
objectives. These have been delivered in either commingled 
funds or funds-of-one where Record has played the role of 
distributor as well as adviser for the clients. In one case, this 
mandate has been delivered in collaboration with a leading 
UK Investment Consultant.

A contrasting example of partnership is a regional 
partnership with Khalij Group, a Middle East-focused, UK 
Sharia finance specialist. In collaboration, we are working 
together to deliver our flagship products in Sharia compliant 
forms, unlocking an underserved investor base as far as 
alternative assets are concerned.

Delivery infrastructure
In line with the corporate focus on modernisation, a key part 
of the sales strategy has been ensuring that Record has 
cutting-edge infrastructure with which to deliver mandates. 
Some of this critical work goes on behind the scenes to 
ensure best-in-class operational risk management and 
reporting to our clients, but certain projects are more visible.

Key amongst these is the addition this year of our own 
Luxembourg SICAV-RAIF Fund Umbrella, overseen by top 
tier service providers. This allows us the flexibility to deliver 
investment solutions in the most effective way for clients, 
whether that is as a commingled fund or a fund-of-one, an 
SPV or a note. It also empowers us to bring together the best 
of our in-house management capabilities with the expertise 
of selected third parties to deliver products in a seamless 
client experience. Finally, our clients benefit from world-
class service providers and cost-efficient implementation 
due to keenly negotiated rates and effective workstreams.

Another step forward has been the addition of an outbound 
sales team, casting the net more widely given the broader 
appeal of Record’s new flagship products and aiming to build 
the brand better amongst the smaller end of the institutional 
investor community including private banks, wealth 
managers and family offices.

Regional product focus
Recognising the breadth of Record’s offering across both 
currency and asset management and beyond, means 
that focus and discipline, as well as flexibility, is critical 
for our sales team in order to bring success. Additionally, 
understanding the different investment challenges facing our 
clients in different regions is key to a tailored sales strategy 
that focuses on products most likely to appeal in that market.

In North America, the focus over the coming year is on 
active currency products, Dynamic Hedging and Currency 
for Return. The former has seen inflows over the past year 
of $4.2 billion and is appealing in the current uncertain 
investment climate. On the other hand, the uncertainty as 
well as secular trends such as deglobalisation have driven 
increased currency volatility and therefore opportunity to 
add uncorrelated return. This is driving interest in the asset 
class higher than we have seen for almost a decade, both 
amongst those currently allocated and those interested to 
explore the space for the first time.

In the UK and Europe, hedging for asset managers is one 
key topic that the team will be focused on. With the number 
of local currencies as well as the higher currency literacy 
amongst investors, European asset managers are often 
interested in understanding how a specialist service can 
allow them to add value, decrease risk and free them to focus 
their time better. The other area of focus in Europe is the 
asset management products including GP Stakes and Digital 
Lending. The former is relatively new in Europe and attracting 
widespread attention while the latter is more established, 
breaking out of the niche and into the mainstream.

Finally, EMSF will be a key sales target in all jurisdictions, 
building on the formidable track record and investors’ 
growing confidence in Emerging Markets further into 2023. 
The approach will vary significantly by region in accordance 
with cultural norms and investor preferences as we look to 
establish the reputation of the product as a market leader.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
14 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Products

Record provides bespoke solutions and delivers 
best-in-class services in order to meet our clients’ 
needs. Many of these solutions revolve around a 
number of core products and services, delivered 
both in-house and with select partners in order to 
deliver the best results for our clients.

Currency Management

With currency management experience going back four 
decades to the founding of the firm, currency management 
products and solutions still comprise the largest portion of 
Group AUME and a key part of our offering going forward.

Passive Hedging
Passive Hedging mandates have the cost-effective reduction 
of currency risk as their sole objective. This is achieved 
through symmetrical and unbiased elimination of currency 
exposure from clients’ international portfolios. The core 
Passive Hedging product delivers execution and operational 
expertise to a greater extent than investment judgement. 
Clients benefit from best execution, custom benchmarks, 
optimised exposure capture, management of cash flows and 
a complete reporting suite, including regulatory reporting.

Enhanced Passive Hedging
The Enhanced Passive Hedging product builds on the core 
product and recognises the opportunities presented for 
adding value by taking advantage of structural inefficiencies 
and behavioural changes arising in FX markets. It requires 
continuous monitoring, investment judgement and 
specialised infrastructure to identify the opportunities and 
then to take advantage of them with a structured and risk-
managed approach.

Hedging for Asset Managers
A robust and growing area of business at Record, our Hedging 
for Asset Managers product is an extension of our core 
Passive Hedging with specific focus on programme design 
for liquidity management and performance reporting. 
The former delivers value to clients, typically investment 
funds, which have limited liquidity on account of the 
underlying private investments, enabling them to deliver 
risk management solutions to their end investors without 
compromising on returns.

Dynamic Hedging
Record’s Dynamic Hedging product is an alternative to 
Passive Hedging and has cash flow minimisation as well as 
generating value as dual objectives in addition to volatility 
reduction. The Dynamic Hedging product seeks to allow 
our clients to benefit from foreign currency strength while 
protecting them from foreign currency weakness relative to 
their own base currency. Value is generated entirely through 
the asymmetric reduction of pre-existing currency risk.

Currency for Return
The Currency for Return suite includes strategies such as 
Carry, Emerging Markets (both Long/Short and Long-only), 
Momentum, Value, Developed Market Classification, 
and Short Volatility, either on a standalone basis or in 
combination with one another as Currency Multi-Strategy to 
meet clients’ objectives. Clients receive a diversified return 
stream which performs well under a variety of market 
conditions and reduces the correlation of their currency 
programme to other asset classes.

Record EM Sustainable Finance Fund (“EMSF”)
The EMSF product can serve as an EM debt replacement 
or an enhanced fixed income product for investors looking 
for yield, reimagining the exposure to credit, duration and 
currency risk normally seen within the asset class. EMSF 
invests in emerging and frontier market currencies, and 
multi-lateral development bank bonds, engaging with the 
intermediary counterparties on ESG.

The EMSF product is categorised as Article 8 under the 
European Sustainable Financial Disclosure Regulation for 
its promotion of social characteristics. Developing economies 
often rely on loans denominated in foreign currencies to 
progress; however, currency volatility can act as a major 
barrier to the development of domestic capital markets and 
the creation of economic wealth. The costs of insuring the 
currency risk can be high and subject to large fluctuations, 
leaving local businesses and communities unprotected 
and vulnerable. The number of affected emerging market 
countries is vast, creating a large and diversified target 
universe for the fund.

Record plc 

Products

Annual Report 2023 

15

The Group’s current suite of core products 
and services includes: Currency Management, 
Asset Management and Other related Products 
and Services. 

Asset Management

Record’s expansion into broader asset management space 
over the past couple of years represents the latest evolution 
in our client focus, offering solutions and products to help 
our clients address the investment challenges they face 
outside the pure FX arena. Here, Record’s approach follows 
two pathways, one purely focused on distribution, the other 
incorporating investment management as well.

Asset management did not generate any material revenue 
reportable for FY-23. Material new revenue streams derived 
from Record’s diversification into asset management 
products and services will be reported separately from the 
current financial year (FY-24) onwards. The products and 
services available going forward have been disclosed below.

Investment Management 
General Partner (“GP”) Stakes
The GP Stakes product invests in minority equity stakes in 
alternative asset managers, across private asset classes 
including private equity, private credit, infrastructure and 
real estate. By investing in the GPs directly as opposed to 
their funds, our clients participate in their management fee 
income, their carried interest, balance sheet investments 
in the form of yield, as well as any growth in the enterprise 
value of those managers. Due to the diversified nature of the 
product, investors benefit from the broader growth trend of 
private markets within the investment universe.

Protected Equities
The Protected Equity product uses a well-tested multi-factor 
approach to select a broadly diversified portfolio of 
international public equities, expected to deliver out 
performance in a variety of market conditions. Additionally, the 
strategy incorporates tail-risk hedging positions designed to 
deliver strong outperformance in extreme market drawdowns, 
contributing to enhanced long-term returns.

Distribution
Digital Lending
The Digital Lending product exploits the disintermediation 
of the banking sector by technology to deliver stable yields 
from the real economy. The product invests in a diversified 
portfolio of short-dated loans to corporates and consumers 
originated through over 100 specialist fintech platforms. 
The portfolio is exceedingly granular with hundreds of 
thousands of line items. Credit due diligence is performed by 
AI technology overseen by an experienced investment team.

Trade/Receivables Finance
The Receivables Finance product funds the Asian supply 
chains of blue chip Western corporations, offering investors 
attractive yields for low credit risk. The invoices are 
purchased from the manufacturers once goods are delivered 
and payment comes directly from the investment grade 
obligor. The short duration of invoices allows investors 
liquidity on an up to weekly basis.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
16 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Products continued

Other Products and Services includes more bespoke 
mandates tailored to individual client requirements, 
plus specialist derivative overlays and other 
ancillary services.

Other Products and Services

Multi-product
Multi-product mandates are bespoke and combine two 
or more elements which cannot readily be separated for 
reporting purposes. Typically, these have been Currency 
Management mandates with both risk-reducing and 
return-seeking objectives.

Cash and other
Record also provides services including cash and liquidity 
management, and collateral management either on a 
standalone basis or in support of other mandates.

Information on product investment performance is given in 
the Operating review section (pages 40 to 43).

Derivative overlays
Record’s derivative overlays typically take one of two forms: 
return-seeking or risk management and replication. Both build 
on Record’s long-standing expertise in the derivative space 
and well-established trading infrastructure. Return-seeking 
derivative overlays are truly discretionary and have focused 
on extracting value from alternative risk premia and mispricings 
in the interest rates and infl  ation markets in order to generate 
uncorrelated returns. Risk management and replication 
derivative overlays are typically tailored to each client, 
addressing a specifi c challenge that the client faces, and 
most typically use equity, credit and interest rates derivatives.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

17

Products continued

The Group has set up Record Digital to 
identify future opportunities for growth and 
diversifi  cation in the digital asset sector.

Record Digital Asset Ventures (“Record Digital”)

Record is focused on growing a diversifi ed and sustainable 
business for the long term. The world of digital assets and the 
new and enabling technologies will continue to have a major 
impact on all fi nancial service sectors, potentially transforming 
existing sectors and creating new ones in the future. The 
sector is still young but continues to grow, and we believe that 
the speed of change and the rate of technological innovation 
cannot and should not be ignored by any business serious in its 
aim in future to provide modern and innovative products in the 
fi nancial services sector.

Record Digital was set up as a separate group entity within the 
Record Financial Group to track, learn and identify opportunities 
for future diversifi cation and growth in this sector to help 
to ensure the sustainability of the business going forward. 
The strategy in this respect was to set aside capital to invest 
(initially £2 million), used to establish a network of talent, 
subject-matter-experts and partners to work with. In doing 
so, we are able to co-invest alongside our partners and to take 
advantage of their size, scale and due-diligence operations.

Whilst the project is still early-stage, at the end of FY-23 
approximately 75% of the capital has been committed into 
a mix of small direct investments, and investment funds 
investing in start-up and early stage technology and digital 
asset companies. More importantly at this stage, the strategy 
has allowed us to build a growing network of expert partners 
with a deep understanding of the sector. This off  ers great 
potential for us to work in partnership and take advantage of 
existing synergies, leveraging their knowledge, expertise and 
connections alongside our own knowledge, regulatory and 
operational expertise in the development of future products 
and services.

Our focus continues on building our knowledge and 
understanding in this sector, and in developing our partnerships; 
one example of which is provided below:

Block Scholes aims to be the ‘Bloomberg of Digital Assets’, 
delivering institutional-grade analytics, data and a research 
platform to clients including regulated digital asset banks.

Apr 21
 Introduced

Jan 22
Record Digital invests in Block Scholes

Nov 22
Record becomes a client of data and research

Dec 22
FCA approved Tied Agency with Record

Jan 23
Record Digital supporting with latest investment round

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

 
 
 
 
18 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Strategy

Our strategy is focused on accelerated growth 
achieved through our three strategic priorities: 
Modernisation, Diversifi  cation and Succession.

Modernisation

Diversifi  cation

Succession

The continued modernisation of 
our business is key to our future 
security and commercial success. 
Investing in new technology 
is essential for ensuring our 
business remains competitive in 
the fundamental areas of product 
innovation, client servicing and 
productivity. It allows us greater 
fl  exibility to adapt in response to 
changes in markets and investor 
appetite, whilst providing more 
effi  cient working practices and 
scalable solutions.

Diversifi cation of our business is 
critical to our growth strategy as 
we move from a niche currency 
and derivatives manager 
to becoming an alternative 
asset manager. Our expertise 
in currency and derivatives, 
married with that of our 
specialist partners, allows for 
the development of innovative 
and structured solutions that 
fulfi l specifi c investor and 
market requirements, including 
impactful and sustainable 
investment products. The 
key to achieving successful 
diversifi cation includes achieving 
diversity across all aspects of our 
business, including our people, 
products, client types and 
geographies, specialist skill sets 
and alternative markets.

We are fundamentally a 
people business with a focus 
on nurturing and developing 
existing members of our team, 
whilst attracting future talent 
to bring new and diverse skills 
and ideas to the business. As 
our business moves into a new 
era, more opportunities arise 
for developing the future talent 
and senior management of the 
Group and it is vital for our future 
success that these individuals 
are retained and encouraged to 
take more responsibility, add 
value and become long-term 
employees and equity holders 
in Record.

Our strategy recognises the strengths and expertise of 
our business built over 40 years, and combines this with 
the adoption of modern technology and diff  erentiated skill 
sets through collaboration with like-minded, specialist 
partners. This approach allows us to off  er our clients unique, 
opportunistic and sustainable solutions to meet their 
diff  erentiated investment objectives – solutions which are 
highly valued and well rewarded.

We use our long-standing and trusted adviser relationships 
with current clients as an opportunity to collaborate 
and develop new ideas alongside willing participants. 
Collaboration with our partners gives further opportunity 
to expand our client base and relationships. The ability for 
us to connect to modern, third-party systems as opposed to 
using in-house systems development has both strengthened 
and diversifi ed our business, leading to more robust and 
effi  cient processes. Technology continues to evolve at pace 
and our investment in technology and modernisation will 
continue to evolve alongside, ensuring our aim of remaining 
a high-quality, innovative, client and technology-led business 
continues to adapt accordingly.

Record plc 

Strategy

Annual Report 2023 

19

Modernisation

We invest in technology 
to enhance client 
experience, support 
scalable, secure and 
effi    cient solutions, 
and to diff  erentiate 
our business.

Client experience
Record platform (“R-platform”)
R-platform is a client and business-facing portal, initially 
focused on the automation of FX trade order execution, 
and ultimately aimed at the provision of an automated 
passive hedging service and an enhanced client reporting 
experience.

Investment in technology and solutions to enhance 
scalability and security
Innovation and investment in technology is fundamental 
to the continued growth and success of the business. 
Technology is an enabler of new ideas, provides scalability 
of products and services, and security of data and systems. 
Record acknowledges the transformative power of 
technology as a driver of business growth, and embraces 
technological change. Recent examples of technology 
solutions used to enhance the business are given below.

Microsoft Azure
•  Scalable & secure data storage

•  Cloud computing platform, 
enabling scalable build, 
deployment and management of 
services and applications

•  Access to latest services and 

technologies

Microsoft Power BI
•  Connect and transform 

data sources with custom 
visualisations

•  Enable self-service, and Client’s 
access to own data, enhanced 
service off  ering 

•  Scalable, cost eff  ective solutions

Xceptor
•  Data transformation and 
automation platform

• 

Integration with application and 
services to create end-to-end 
automated workfl  ows

•  Enable scale and drive ROI

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

 
 
 
 
20 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Strategy continued

Diversifi  cation

Product diversifi  cation 
is one of the three 
strategic priorities 
for the Group.

Key to the Group’s aim of growing its asset management 
products and services is the building of partnerships 
with product experts and other specialist providers in the 
fi nancial services sector, to collaborate on new products 
and services to suit current and future clients’ needs.

The development of the GP Stakes and Protected Equities 
products are two recent examples of where Record’s 
collaboration with third-party specialist providers has 
resulted in new products, and the business is focused 
on growing these funds and building new products for 
launch in the current fi nancial year (FY-24).

Our Partners 

Siegfried 
Capital Partners
•  AUM: USD 2.4 billion

•  Specialisation:

trade fi nance strategies

CAZ 
Investments
•  AUM: USD 4 billion

•  Specialisation:

private equity and 
private credit

Fasanara 
Capital
•  AUM: USD 3.7 billion 

•  Specialisation: multi-
asset niche products 
including alternative 
credit digital lending 
and digital assets 

Avantis 
Investors
•  AUM: USD 13 billion 

•  Specialisation:

systematic equity 
investing

AGL Credit 
Management L.P
•  AUM: USD 12 billion

•  Specialisation: bank 

loan-based investment 
off  erings 

Universa 
Investments L.P
•  AUM: USD 18 billion

•  Specialisation:

options strategies 
and risk mitigation

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

21

Strategy continued

Succession

Succession planning 
and continuity remain 
a key focus for the Group.

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Succession planning a key strategic priority for the 
business. Record has built strong, long-term and trusted 
relationships with clients over its forty-year history, 
with a reputation for professionalism, innovation and for 
caring about its clients and employees. This culture has 
been at the core of our success and longevity, which is 
why the correct succession plan is fundamental to the 
future and to our next forty years in business.

David Morrison
Chair-elect – Record plc
Forty years after founding the business in 1983, 
current Chair, Neil Record, announced his retirement in 
March 2023, and will step down from the Board at the 
AGM in July. Neil’s successor, and current Chair-elect 
and Non-executive Director, is David Morrison. David 
has previously served on the Record Board, including 
as Senior Independent Director, and therefore brings 
extensive knowledge of the business alongside his 
expertise in leadership and in delivering strategic growth 
throughout his career both in venture capital and at Board 
level in several private and public companies.

Jan Witte
Group Global Head of Sales and subsidiary CEO 
of Record Currency Management Limited 
Jan joined Record in 2012, and quickly moved through 
the ranks to become Head of Quantitative Research and 
Head of Sales for Europe, followed by promotion in 2021 
to become Group Global Head of Sales. With his extensive 
knowledge and expertise built over 11 years at Record, 
Jan was promoted to the role of CEO of Record Currency 
Management Limited, with eff  ect from 1 May 2023. 
Jan takes this responsibility from Leslie Hill, allowing 
Leslie’s full focus to be concentrated on delivering the 
Group strategy at Record plc Board level. 

Rebecca Venis
Group CTO and subsidiary CEO of Record Digital
Becky joined Record in 2016, and as CTO is responsible for 
the running and modernisation of Record’s technology 
systems and controls. Becky has a natural curiosity and 
enthusiasm with respect to the opportunities off  ered 
through growth in the digital assets sector and the 
associated technological innovation. Consequently, Becky 
was the perfect choice to take responsibility for running 
Record Digital as appointed CEO.

 
 
 
 
22 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Key performance indicators

Measuring our performance 
against our strategy.

Financial KPIs

Revenue 
(£m)

For the fi nancial years up to and 
including FY-23, revenue has been 
earned predominantly from the 
provision of currency management 
services in the form of management 
fees and performance fees. From FY-24 
onwards, revenue will include the new 
revenue streams arising as part of the 
diversifi cation into asset management 
products and services.

Operating profi t margin 
(%)

Basic earnings per share 
(“EPS”) (pence per share)

Operating profi t margin is an 
alternative performance measure, 
calculated by dividing operating profi t 
by revenue.

The Group aims to create shareholder 
value over the long term, delivered 
through progressive and sustainable 
growth in EPS.

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

44.7

2023

32

2023

5.95

35.1

25.4

25.6

25.0

2022

2021

2020

2019

31

2022

4.52

24

2021

2.75

30

2020

32

2019

3.26

3.27

Why this is important
Revenue is a key indicator of client 
experience, growth and a key driver 
of profi tability. Growth in AUME, 
especially into Record’s higher 
revenue-margin products, resulted in 
a 12% increase in management fees. 
Revenue also includes performance 
fees, which increased by £5.3 million to 
£5.8 million (2022: £0.5 million).

Why this is important
EPS measures the overall 
eff  ectiveness of the business model 
and drives both our dividend policy and 
the value generated for shareholders. 
Similarly to operating profi t, EPS has 
increased this year as the benefi ts 
from the implementation of the new 
strategy begin to deliver results in 
fi nancial terms.

Why this is important
Operating profi t margin is an indicator 
of the effi  ciency of the business in 
turning revenue into profi t. Infl  ows 
into higher revenue-margin products 
in addition to effi  ciencies seen from the 
adoption of technology in operational 
areas both contributed to the increase 
in operating margin to 32% for the year.

The Group aims to increase the 
operating profi t margin over time 
through investment in resources and 
technology to maintain its premium 
products and services, whilst 
increasing operating effi  ciency and 
developing more diversifi ed revenue 
streams in higher-margin products.

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Diversifi cation

Diversifi cation

Diversifi cation

Modernisation

Modernisation

Modernisation

Succession

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

23

Key performance indicators

The Board uses both fi nancial and 
non-fi nancial key performance 
indicators (“KPIs”) to monitor and 
measure the performance of the 
Group against its strategic priorities. 

Some KPIs link to specifi c strategic 
areas as noted below, whilst others 
represent higher-level key metrics in 
terms of the Group’s business and 
fi nancial performance.

Dividends per share 
(“DPS”) (pence per share)

Our dividend policy targets a level of ordinary dividend within the range of 70% 
to 90% of annual earnings, and which allows for progressive and sustainable 
dividend growth in line with the trend in profi tability.

Ordinary

Special

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

2.30

2.30

2.30

4.50

2023

0.68

3.60

2022

0.92

2021

0.45

2020

0.41

2019

0.69

Why this is important
Progressive and sustainable dividends illustrate the cash-generative nature of 
Record’s business, and its strength in converting profi ts into cash and providing 
a suitable return to shareholders. The ordinary dividend per share has increased 
by 25%, refl  ecting the Board’s confi dence in the ability of the business to deliver 
its strategy and to achieve sustainable growth. The special dividend per share 
of 0.68 pence, results in a 15% increase in total dividends to 5.18 pence per share 
(2022: 4.52 pence per share).

Link to strategy

Diversifi cation

Modernisation

Succession

 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
24 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Key performance indicators continued

Measuring our performance 
against our strategy.

Non-fi  nancial KPIs

AUME 
($ billion)

As a currency and derivatives manager, 
Record manages only the impact 
of foreign exchange and not the 
underlying assets, therefore its “assets 
under management” are notional 
rather than real. To distinguish this 
from the AUM of conventional asset 
managers, Record uses the concept of 
Assets Under Management Equivalents 
(“AUME”) and by convention this is 
quoted in US dollars. 

Client longevity 
(%)

Client longevity measures how long 
Record has been providing either 
currency and derivative, or asset 
management, services to each client 
with a mandate active as at 31 March 
2023.

Average number 
of employees

The average number of employees 
through the year includes 
Non-executive Directors.

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

87.7

>10 years: 

20%

83.1

6-10 years:  11%

80.1

3-6 years: 

58.6

57.3

1-3 years: 

0-1 year:

2023

2022

2021

2020

22%

23%

24%

2019

88

82

83

82

85

Why this is important
AUME is an alternative performance 
measure and further detail on how it is 
defi ned is provided on page 42.

AUME is a key driver of future revenue 
and an indicator of business growth. 
AUME increased by 5.5% for the year, 
including net infl  ows of $9.1 billion 
diversifi ed across product lines.

Why this is important
Client longevity is both an indicator of 
recent client growth, and also of the 
Group’s success in sustaining quality 
client relationships through investment 
cycles. Building long-standing and 
trusted adviser relationships with 
clients provides opportunities for 
collaboration and partnerships on new 
and innovative investment products.

Why this is important
Average employee numbers is an 
indicator of business growth and 
also of how eff  ectively the Group is 
using technology to make processes 
more effi  cient. Implementing the new 
strategy has necessitated new skill 
sets in the business, which has brought 
additional knowledge and experience 
into the Group required to drive 
innovation and the diversifi cation into 
new products and technology.

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Diversifi cation

Diversifi cation

Diversifi cation

Modernisation

Succession

Modernisation

Succession

   
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

25

Key performance indicators continued

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Staff   retention 
(%)

Staff   retention is calculated as the 
number of employees who were 
employed by Record throughout the 
period as a percentage of the number 
of employees at the beginning of 
the period.

Employees with equity 
interest (%)

The percentage of employees who own 
shares in Record plc at year end.

2023

2022

2021

2020

2019

90

2023

74

2022

90

2021

81

84

2020

2019

63

61

68

69

70

Why this is important
Planning for generational change is key 
to the Group’s strategy. A decrease in 
staff   retention in the prior year refl  ects 
the focus on rebalancing the skill sets 
required by the business to drive the 
innovation and growth required to 
deliver the strategy. FY-23 has seen 
a return to retention more aligned 
with historical trends, refl  ecting the 
successful restructure as part of the 
Group’s succession plans. The Group 
remains cognisant of ensuring the 
retention and development of key 
talent as well as the factors aff  ecting 
all of our employees’ wellbeing.

Why this is important
The alignment of employee interests 
with those of our shareholders is 
an important factor in ensuring the 
longer-term success of our business 
and is an important tool in managing 
generational change. The decrease 
last year was linked to changes made 
under the new strategy resulting 
in a higher turnover of staff   and 
consequently a short-term decrease 
in employees holding shares. The 
Group’s remuneration structure 
includes schemes with both mandatory 
and voluntary equity participation, 
refl  ecting the importance the Group 
places on alignment.

Link to strategy

Link to strategy

Diversifi cation

Succession

Modernisation

Succession

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
26 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Sustainability

Sustainability encompasses many aspects of 
business operations, including both strategy 
and investment as well as business practice, 
community engagement and our workforce.

In conducting its business 
operations, the Group has a 
responsibility to its stakeholders 
and the environment. 

Sustainability pillars:

Responsible investment

See more 
on pages 28 to 29

Our people

See more 
on pages 30 to 32

Climate action

See more 
on pages 33 to 36

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

27

Sustainability

Responsibility for sustained and meaningful 
progress within the area of sustainability lies 
with our Sustainability Office.

The Sustainability Committee is a broader committee that 
seeks to gather ideas and recommendations from across 
seniority and teams within the business, as well as taking 
responsibility for implementing sustainability initiatives. 
The committee is comprised of officer roles which represent 
key areas of sustainability. The officers work closely with 
the Sustainability Manager to make progress on defined ESG 
objectives and to provide updates on progress in committee 
meetings. 

The Sustainability Manager is responsible for driving 
progress against the sustainability strategy, taking 
recommendations and proposals to the SSO and 
implementing actions as approved. The Sustainability 
Manager acts as conduit between the Sustainability 
Committee and the SSO, co-ordinating sustainability efforts 
and aligning goals across the Group.

Governance
Responsibility for sustained and meaningful progress 
within the area of sustainability lies with our Sustainability 
Office. The Office is constructed of the Record plc Board, the 
Senior Sustainability Office (“SSO”) and the Sustainability 
Committee. 

The Record plc Board delegates accountability for the Group 
sustainability strategy to the SSO, which is comprised 
of key senior leaders who take responsibility for setting 
the sustainability strategy and proactively integrating 
sustainable practice across the business. The SSO meets 
every two months to review and make decisions on key ESG 
issues and receives regular updates and points for discussion 
from the Sustainability Manager and the Sustainability 
Committee. The SSO is in direct communication with the 
Record plc Board, ensuring it has complete oversight into key 
decisions and is aware of progress towards sustainability 
goals and targets. This year we provided a two-part training 
programme for our Board members to better equip them to 
oversee the adoption of our sustainability strategy.

Sustainability organisational chart

Record plc Board

Oversees

Reports to

Senior Sustainability Office (“SSO”)

Chief Executive Officer

Head of Macroeconomic Research

Chief Investment Officer

Head of Trading

Global Head of Sales

Sustainability Manager

Head of Human Resources 
and Company Secretary 

Advises

Sustainability Committee

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
28 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Sustainability continued

Responsible 
investment

Record has identified responsible investment 
as an essential prerequisite to successful, 
resilient and prudent investment management.

Philosophy 
Record has identified responsible investment as an 
essential prerequisite to successful, resilient and prudent 
investment management. Our Responsible Investment 
policy communicates our approach and is embedded into 
our portfolio management and monitoring processes (see 
our Responsible Investment policy for more detail). As part 
of our drive to incorporate ESG factors into active currency 
products, Record has worked in collaboration with Oxford-
based researchers to extend the boundaries of ESG beyond 
its existing base in equities and bonds, to encompass the 
currency markets. This manifested in the creation of one of 
the first ESG Emerging Market Currency for Return strategies 
in 2018, and has continued to evolve since into a focus on 
sustainable investment with impact.

Collaboration
Record is actively exploring ways to collaborate with 
external parties, including clients who might wish to apply 
the methodology to reflect their own specific preferences 
and views on various elements of sustainable finance. 
Record’s research is ongoing, responding to improvements 
in available data, as well as developing and improving on its 
own strategies and building and innovating new approaches 
to maintain its place at the forefront of research in such a 
fast-developing space. We purposefully seek to diversify our 
product offering through working with third parties. Our aim 
is to develop and identify unique investment opportunities 
both within currency and potentially across other asset 
classes, as we did in the development of the Record Emerging 
Market Sustainable Finance Fund.

Record is proud to have been a signatory since 2018 to 
the United Nations Principles for Responsible Investment 
(“UN PRI”), the world’s leading proponent of responsible 
investment, having been one of the first specialist currency 
asset managers to sign up. We have committed to their six 
principles for responsible investment, aimed at integrating 
ESG into investment decisions and reporting on progress.

Record Emerging Market Sustainable Finance Fund 
(“EMSF”)
During 2020, Record continued to pioneer research in this 
space, developing an Emerging Market Sustainable Finance 
product that combines strategic investment in currencies, 
impact bond collateral and counterparty engagement to 
nurture and enhance development in the currency universe 
countries. This research culminated in the successful launch 
of the EMSF in June 2021, in collaboration with one of our 
partners, UBS Global Wealth Management in Switzerland.

Currency
The EMSF strategy aims to stabilise currencies, which in 
turn can facilitate development and harness the growth 
potential in developing countries, in accordance with the 
academically supported theory that EM currency stability 
is a key prerequisite for equitable and sustainable economic 
and social development. More directly, it seeks out bespoke 
peer-to-peer (“P2P”) trade opportunities to absorb FX risk 
from development institutions or other like-minded impact 
market participants.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

29

Sustainability continued

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Correctly deployed, currency is an essential tool in 
contributing to sustainable development in less-developed 
economies and in creating a lasting positive impact. This is 
achieved via two channels: the Stabilisation Factor and the 
Capital Incentive Factor. The fund also seeks to widen the 
universe of currencies, extending to more illiquid currencies 
in order to broaden the scope of impact.

Fixed income
In 2019 Record began using its own capital to invest 
in Impact Bonds, organised through international and 
regional multilateral organisations which align with the UN 
Sustainable Development Goals (“SDGs”). Record believed 
this would not only aid development and achieve impact, but 
also presented an opportunity to gain experience in dealing, 
holding and reporting on Impact Bonds which underscored 
the fi xed income component of the EMSF. 

The fi xed income strategy is a long-term buy-and-hold 
investment that targets a universe of multilateral 
development banks and other development fi nance 
institutions, through themed and sustainable development 
bond instruments, where the profi le of underlying projects 
aligns with the strategy’s sustainable development 
mandate. These entities play a leadership role in supporting 
long-term inclusive and sustainable development in low and 
middle-income economies by working alongside the public 
and the private sectors of their borrowing member countries 
to support investments in key development sectors such as 
health, agriculture, energy, fi nance, water, and other urban 
infrastructure and services.

ESG Counterparty Engagement Strategy (“ESG-CES”) 
The investment approach is complemented by a holistic 
ESG Counterparty Engagement Strategy which overlays 
our investments and seeks to encourage counterparties 
to engage in better ESG practices through direct economic 
incentives. The strategy standardises and combines ESG data 
from leading rating agencies and from each counterparty’s 
direct public reporting to create a proprietary ESG score 
which is used to pre-screen transactions and constrain 
business exposure to counterparties where necessary.

Engagement is central to this strategy; the team is able to 
form a constructive feedback loop, highlighting areas across 
the ESG verticals where either individual counterparties, 
the industry as a whole, or both, ought to improve practices. 
Record works collaboratively with counterparties on behalf 
of our clients and as signatories of global sustainability trade 
codes and standards, helping to steer best practices and 
make tangible changes. Engagement with our counterparties 
covers a plethora of ESG topics, including climate change, 
socio-economic development, controversies and breaches 
of international norms to name a few. This year we had 
engagement meetings with 83% of counterparty banks that 
we traded with.

 
 
 
 
30 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Sustainability continued

Our people

We believe that investing in our staff 
and developing their potential is key 
to the success of the business.

Workplace
Record’s working environment is designed to encourage 
bright, dynamic and committed individuals to thrive. We 
believe that investing in our staff and developing their 
potential is key to the success of the business and our 
policies and practices reflect this. We actively listen to our 
employees to help us understand their opinions, ideas and 
suggestions through ongoing employee engagement surveys.

The Group’s offices both in London and Windsor have been 
designed to allow all departments to work together in an 
open plan environment. The open plan office allows ease of 
communication between departments, as well as enabling 
staff to work closely with senior management. We have 
continued to support a hybrid working pattern, giving a 
balance between flexibility and providing an environment 
which fosters teamwork and innovation.

The office environment and culture promote staff 
development and training and the Group offers both external 
and internal training opportunities. In October 2021 we 
partnered with Advancing Women Executives (“AWE”) to offer 
an accelerator programme for mid-level women to provide 
the relevant training and networking opportunities which 
are critical for career advancement. We have continued to 
offer this training for all newly promoted women Associate 
Directors this year. We partnered with Alpha Development, 
a talent development company we have worked with 
previously, to run a sales training programme for our 
junior sales team to support their progression. An internal 
management training programme was also implemented and 
included six important modules: Profiles and Personalities, 
Personal Development Plans, Team Building, Remuneration 
and Recognition, Inclusion and Diversity, and Team 
Wellbeing. All employees are encouraged to have a Personal 
Development Plan (“PDP”) in place, and all new joiners 
receive inductions on the benefits of PDPs for both personal 
and career development. The Group provides financial and 
study support to employees who wish to pursue relevant 
professional qualifications, which many of our employees 
include in their PDPs.

In addition, the Group continues to provide a number of 
other benefits to employees, including pension, private 
medical cover, life insurance, permanent health insurance, 
maternity and shared parental benefits, and subsidised gym 
membership. Our ultra-low emission vehicle (“ULEV”) car 
benefit scheme has allowed us to continue our commitment 
to sustainability through employee benefits. All employees 
participate in the Group Bonus Scheme and have the 
opportunity to acquire shares in Record plc through this 
scheme, as well as through the Record plc Share Incentive 
Plan. All employees are also offered the Employee Assistance 
Programme, which provides 24/7 confidential telephone 
support from qualified counsellors as well as online 
computerised cognitive behavioural therapy, to support with 
mental health issues. This year the Group hired an events 
manager to organise team-building and other social events, 
enhancing interaction between different departments within 
the business and contributing to social inclusion.

The Group has an established internship programme for 
students and during the year welcomed interns from the 
London School of Economics and Political Science, University 
College of London, Balliol College – University of Oxford, 
University of Warwick, Exeter University, University of 
Cambridge, and the University of Bath.

Staff retention %

FY-23

FY-22

FY-21

74%

90%

90%

Last year’s reduction in staff retention reflects the change in 
our business strategy, in particular our succession planning, 
which saw higher levels of recruitment adding additional skill 
sets and some changes at senior levels within the business 
filled through internal promotions wherever possible. As 
expected, our staff retention has now normalised back to 
prior levels.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

31

Sustainability continued

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Human rights
The Group’s policies and procedures are in line with 
internationally recognised human rights standards, such as 
the guidelines issued by the UN Global Compact, to which 
we are a signatory, as well as the International Labour 
Organisation’s standards and the Universal Declaration of 
Human Rights. The Group therefore complies with human 
rights standards across each of the countries we operate in 
and works to ensure that there are no instances of modern 
slavery, human traffi  cking, child labour or any other form of 
human rights abuse within our organisation. The Group also 
supports the right to a minimum living wage and commits to 
exceed the government minimum/living wage and has had no 
instances of non-compliance to labour standards.

In April 2022 we published our fi rst Modern Slavery Act 
statement in line with the government guidelines under 
the 2015 UK Modern Slavery and Human Traffi  cking Act. We 
recognise our corporate responsibility to ensure modern 
slavery is not taking place in our organisation, and our policy 
outlines the procedures we have in place to identify and 
prevent modern slavery both in our own operations and in 
our supply chain.

Inclusion and diversity
The Group’s aims include ensuring that all staff   are provided 
with equal opportunities and that the workplace is free of 
discrimination. It also aims to ensure that all recruitment 
processes are fair and are carried out objectively, 
systematically and in line with the requirements of 
employment law. The Group ensures that all staff   are aware 
that it is not acceptable to discriminate, harass or victimise 
anyone, and also that any such unlawful behaviour is not 
tolerated under any circumstance.

The Group believes that valuing what is unique about 
individuals and drawing on their diff  erent perspectives 
and experience will add value to the way the Group does 
business. By accessing, recruiting and developing talent 
from a diverse pool of candidates, the Group can gain an 
insight into diff  erent markets and better support client 
needs through producing innovative and sustainable 
investment products. The Group aims to create a productive 
environment, representative of diff  erent cultures and groups, 
where everyone has an equal chance to succeed.

The Group has made signifi cant progress towards its 
Inclusion and Diversity Action Plan, a summary of which 
can be viewed in this year’s Sustainability report on pages 
32 to 34. Our employee-led Inclusion and Diversity Network 
continues to lead initiatives in line with our action plan 
and aims to raise awareness of the challenges faced by 
underrepresented groups and celebrate diff  erences. This 
year the Network organised several inclusive events, 
celebrating Pride Month, Black History Month, International 
Women’s Day, Ramadan and more. The Group also became 
a member of the Diversity Project, a cross-company 
organisation aiming to support inclusion and diversity in the 
UK investment and savings industry.

Read more in our Sustainability report at recordfg.com

 
 
 
 
32 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Sustainability continued

Our people continued

Inclusion and diversity continued
The gender diversity within the Group is shown below:

Gender balance 

As at 31 March 2023 

Board Directors

Senior management

Other staff 

All employees

Female

number

2

7

26

35

%

29%

26%

41%

36%

Male

number

5

20

37

62

%

71%

74%

59%

64%

See our separate Sustainability report, on page 36, for our Gender Pay Gap and further diversity data and more information on 
our diversity initiatives.

Community
Record recognises its obligations and responsibility to 
contribute to the wider community outside of the fi rm. Over 
the course of the year, the Group made charitable donations 
totalling £18.4k. Our charitable giving is focused on employee 
choice, with the Group matching employee donations and 
sponsorship. The Group continues to encourage employees 
to participate in fundraising activities for charitable causes 
and this year employees participated in a variety of events, 
including charity lunches and fundraising competitions. 
Examples of supported charities and causes included World 
Wide Fund for Nature, Islamic Relief, UA Victory, and the 
Disaster Emergency Committee. A scheme allowing UK 
employees to give to charity through the payroll is also 
off  ered.

Charitable donations (£’000)

FY-23

FY-22

FY-21

18.4

18.2

19.2

We also provide fi nancial assistance to students studying 
at Balliol College, Oxford through a bursary scheme, which 
provides grants to students who aim to pursue ambitions 
which will benefi t the wider community, for example in 
medical or charitable fi elds.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

33

Sustainability continued

Climate action 

We have been certifi  ed as CarbonNeutral® in 
accordance with the CarbonNeutral® Protocol, the 
leading framework for carbon neutrality, since 2007.

Net zero 
The Group has always considered the impacts our operations 
have on our community and the environment. Each year, we 
collect the relevant data and work with a carbon accounting 
company to measure, verify and assess our carbon footprint. 
We have been certifi ed as CarbonNeutral® in accordance 
with the CarbonNeutral® Protocol, the leading framework 
for carbon neutrality, since 2007. This means that we have 
been purchasing carbon off  sets for over 15 years which 
deliver immediate emissions reductions through sustainable 
development and renewable energy projects around the 
world. The projects are independently verifi ed by standards 
such as the Gold Standard to ensure environmental integrity 
in our work to take climate action.

However, we know that there is a need for further climate 
action. Whilst our off  setting practices have had a positive 
impact in neutralising the carbon we have emitted over the 
years, we recognise that being carbon neutral is not enough. 

It is now vital that we take additional steps to become 
net zero, reducing the greenhouse gas emissions we 
produce throughout our operations and value chain. The 
Group is therefore committed to the following targets:

•  reach net zero greenhouse gas emissions in our 

operations and value chain by 2050; and

•  reduce Scope 3 emissions intensity by 55% by 2030 

against a 2019 baseline.

TCFD 
The Group publicly supports the Task Force on Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (“TCFD”). The following table provides a 
summary of our response to the TCFD recommendations. 

We provide supplemental detail in our Climate report in order 
to provide a more comprehensive assessment of how the 
Group incorporates climate-related risks and opportunities 
into our governance, strategy, risk management, and metrics 
and targets.

Governance

Recommendations

Current status

Key areas of progress

Page

Describe Board-level oversight 
of climate-related risks and 
opportunities.

Describe management’s role 
in assessing and managing 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities.

Compliant

•  Enhanced the Group’s governance 

Compliant 

framework to embed oversight of climate 
risk at Record plc Board and accountability 
at Senior Sustainability Offi  ce 

•  Upskilling Record plc Board through 
sustainability and ESG training which 
included a focus on climate risk

•  Senior Sustainability Offi  ce changed to a 

Group level committee

See more 
on pages 6 to 8

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Read more in our Climate report
recordfg.com

 
 
 
 
34 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Sustainability continued

Climate action continued

TCFD continued 
Strategy

Recommendations

Current status

Key areas of progress

Describe the climate-related risks 
and opportunities the organisation 
has identified over the short, 
medium and long term.

Describe the impact of these 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities on the organisation’s 
business, strategy and financial 
planning.

Describe the resilience of the 
organisation’s strategy, taking into 
account different climate-related 
scenarios, including a 2ºC or lower 
scenario.

Compliant

•  Completed the annual strategic 

assessment of climate-related risks and 
opportunities to help inform strategy 
•  Completed a sustainability materiality 
assessment which included a section 
on environmental issues to help inform 
strategy 

•  Completed a qualitative climate-scenario 

analysis for the first time 

Compliant

Compliant

Additional recommendations 
included in the supplemental 
guidance for asset managers.

Partially 
compliant

Risk management

Recommendations

Current status

Key areas of progress

Compliant

•  Approved climate-related risk appetite 

within our Group-wide risk management 
framework 

•  Improved climate-related risk disclosures 
and better defined our risk management 
process 

Describe the organisation’s 
processes for identifying and 
assessing climate-related risks.

Describe the organisation’s 
processes for managing climate-
related risks strategy and financial 
planning.

Compliant

Describe how processes for 
identifying, assessing and managing 
climate-related risks are integrated 
into the organisation’s overall risk 
management.

Compliant

Additional recommendations 
included in the supplemental 
guidance for asset managers.

Partially 
compliant

Page

See more 
on pages 
10 to 21

Page

See more 
on pages 
25 to 26

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

35

Sustainability continued

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Metrics and targets

Recommendations

Current status

Key areas of progress

Disclose the metrics used by the 
organisation to assess climate-
related risks and opportunities 
in line with its strategy and risk 
management process.

Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and, if 
appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse 
gas (“GHG”) emissions, and the 
related risks.

Describe the targets used by 
the organisation to manage 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities and performance 
against targets.

Partially 
compliant

•  Measured carbon footprint of the 

EMSF strategy 

•  Improved disclosure on climate metrics
•  Achieved all but one of our climate-related 

targets set out in last year’s report

Compliant

Compliant

Page

See more 
on pages 
28 to 31

Additional recommendations 
included in the supplemental 
guidance for asset managers.

Partially 
compliant

 
 
 
 
36 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Sustainability continued

Climate action continued

Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting
Methodology
The method used to calculate GHG emissions is the GHG 
Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard 
(revised edition), together with the latest emission factors from 
recognised public sources including, but not limited to, BEIS, the 
US Energy Information Administration, the US Environmental 
Protection Agency and the Intergovernmental panel on Climate 
Change. The reported GHG emissions are for our UK operations 
only. Please refer to page 28 in our climate report for Group level 
emissions.

Energy effi    ciency actions taken
This year saw an increase in our total UK GHG emissions 
compared to the previous reporting year. This was foreseen, 
as the Company continues to move back to ‘normal’ 
working practices post-pandemic. The increase in Scope 
3 emissions was predominantly driven by two factors. 
Firstly, we increased core working days in the offi  ce from 
two to three days to encourage collaboration and face-time 
between teams, which signifi cantly impacted our commuting 
emissions. Secondly, we have been growing our teams and 
partnerships outside of the UK, which has seen the need 
for increased business travel abroad as we build these 
relationships. Despite this, we have managed to keep our 
Scope 3 emissions below what they were pre-pandemic. 
We have maintained 100% renewable energy consumption 
across our UK offi  ces which has kept our market-based Scope 
2 emissions at 0 tCO2e. Further, our decision to down-size 
the offi  ce space we rent in Windsor has led to reduced 
location-based Scope 2 emissions compared to last year. This 
reduction was maintained despite the fact we increased the 
offi  ce space we rent in London.

Energy and GHG emissions annual % change2,3

Whilst we expected our GHG emissions to increase this year, 
we are aiming for signifi cant emissions reductions by 2030 
and net-zero 2050. In achieving this, we will be aided by both 
our emissions reduction principles (outlined on page 12 of 
our climate report) as well as government intervention and 
technology innovation.

Energy consumption (kWh 000)1,3,4

FY-23

20

174

408

FY-22

222

91

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Location-based methodology  (tonnes of CO2e)1,3,4

FY-23

4 34

193

FY-22

47

101

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Market-based methodology (tonnes of CO2e)1,3,4

FY-23

4

193

FY-22

101

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Reporting category 

Scope 1

Scope 2

Scope 3

Total

Energy
consumption
UK & off  shore

Location-based
methodology
UK & off  shore

Market-based
methodology
UK & off  shore

—

-22

347% 

92%

—

-28

91%

55%

—

0

91%

94%

Scope 1, 2 & 3 CO2e intensity ratio:
tonnes CO2e/FTE
1.  Scope 1 covers combustion of gas and combustion of fuel for transport purposes. Scope 2 covers purchased electricity. Scope 3 covers premises waste, transmission and 
distribution losses; business travel; outbound deliveries; commuting; other upstream emissions; and homeworking. The total CO2e intensity ratio is calculated as the total 
CO2e tonnes divided by total fi rm FTE.

41%

76%

2.  Please note annual % change was calculated using only comparable activities from the previous reporting year. There were no Scope 1 energy and GHG emissions in the 

previous reporting year, so annual % change has not been included this year.

3.  Please note that rounding diff  erences may exist.
4.  Scope 2 and scope 3 energy and GHG emissions for FY-22 were incorrect in last year’s Annual Report and have been updated to refl  ect the correct data and percentage 

changes in this report. 

UK emissions data relates to the year ended 31 March 2023.

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

37

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 – Our stakeholders

Our stakeholders, with whom we maintain 
an ongoing dialogue, are detailed below. 

The duties of the 
Directors – section 172

Under section 172 of the 
Companies Act 2006 a director 
of a company must act in the 
way they consider, in good 
faith, would be most likely to 
promote the success of the 
company for the benefi  t of its 
members as a whole, and in 
doing so have regard (amongst 
other matters) to:

•  The likely consequences of any decision 

in the long term 

•  The interests of the company’s 

employees

•  The need to foster the company’s 

business relationships with suppliers, 
customers and others 

•  The impact of the company’s operations 
on the community and the environment 

•  The desirability of the company 

maintaining a reputation for high 
standards of business conduct 
•  The need to act fairly towards all 

members of the Company

We believe that all stakeholders are benefi ciaries of 
environmentally friendly business practice and socially 
responsible investment. Record is therefore committed to 
being a company with a culture which places sustainability, 
corporate responsibility and community engagement fi rmly 
at the centre of priorities.

Section 172 Companies Act 2006
We set out on pages 38 and 39 our key stakeholder groups, 
their material issues and how we engage with them. Each 
stakeholder group requires a tailored engagement approach 
to foster eff  ective and mutually benefi cial relationships.

By understanding our stakeholders, we can factor into 
boardroom discussions the potential impact of our decisions 
on each stakeholder group and consider their needs and 
concerns, in accordance with section 172 of the Companies 
Act 2006.

This in turn ensures we deliver solutions our clients want 
and need, continue to work eff  ectively with our colleagues 
and suppliers, comply with regulatory requirements, make 
a positive contribution to local communities and achieve 
long-term sustainable returns for our investors.

Acting in a fair and responsible manner is a core element of 
our business practice, more information on which can be 
found in our separate Sustainability report. 

During the year, the Board made decisions to deliver against 
our strategy, whilst considering the diff  erent interests of 
our stakeholder groups and the impact of key decisions upon 
them. The following provides an overview of some of the key 
decisions taken and how integral our stakeholders are in the 
Board’s decision-making process:

Interests of clients – decisions 
•  Closure of the Muni Fund for the reallocation of resources
•  Development and ultimate launch of R-Platform for 

improved client user experience and effi  ciency

Interests of employees – decisions 
•  Cost of living payment provided to all employees to help 

with the consequences of high infl  ation
•  Moving to a larger offi  ce space in London

Interests of shareholders – decisions 
•  Capital Markets event held to improve investor 

understanding of the Group’s investment case and 
focus on growth 

•  The appointment of David Morrison as new independent 

Non-executive Director and Chair-elect

•  Deployment of capital through establishment of the 
new Investment of Record plc Capital Committee

 
 
 
 
38 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 – Our stakeholders continued

Clients
We are a client-led business. Our ethos 
is to “Listen” to clients, “Understand” 
their investment objectives, and “Deliver” 
sustainable solutions.

Shareholders
We rely on the support and engagement of our 
shareholders to deliver our strategic objectives 
and grow the business. 

People
Our people are central to the ongoing success 
of the business and we aim to attract, retain, 
develop and motivate the right people for 
current and future business success.

How we engage
Our operational infrastructure is built around 
the specific requirements of our clients, 
including systems and controls to reduce 
risk and manage each stage of the process as 
efficiently as possible.

We build strong and trusted relationships with 
clients and collaborate on new developments 
and opportunities as they evolve.

Regular review meetings with clients ensure 
client requirements are consistently monitored.

Clients receive frequent and regular reports on 
market and investment performance.

During the year, we engaged with several 
clients to collect feedback for our Sustainability 
Materiality Assessment.

How we engage
The Group CEO and CFO presented the full-year 
and half-year results to investors, both 
institutional and retail.

The primary means of communicating with 
shareholders are through the Annual General 
Meeting, the Annual Report and Accounts, 
half-year results and related presentations. 
All of these are available on the Company’s 
website www.recordfg.com. The website also 
contains information on the business of the 
Group, corporate governance, all regulatory 
announcements, key dates in the financial 
calendar and other important shareholder 
information.

How we engage
We engage with our employees through a 
variety of channels including a Company 
intranet, management briefings, employee 
engagement surveys and workforce 
engagement sessions, e-mail updates and 
Company-wide presentations by the Group 
Chief Executive Officer.

We seek to encourage employees in developing 
and advancing their careers, offering assistance 
in such forms as study support and the 
possibility of secondments to overseas offices.

The Group’s remuneration framework includes 
schemes aimed at aligning employees’ 
interests with those of shareholders by offering 
the opportunity to share in business growth 
through share ownership.

Their material issues
Our clients’ material interests are in the 
performance of Record’s products, a robust 
risk framework, transparency, value for 
money, maintaining the high levels of service 
they receive and the provision of innovative 
products which meet their investment 
objectives.

2023 highlights and future changes
In line with the evolving Sustainable Financial 
Disclosure Regulation under which our 
Emerging Market Sustainable Finance Fund 
is categorised as Article 8 for its promotion 
of social characteristics, we filed our Annex 2 
disclosures committing to a minimum level of 
sustainable investments in the Fund and to the 
measures used to determine the sustainability 
of those investments.

The year also saw increased interest from our 
clients in our ESG Counterparty Engagement 
Strategy with some clients poised to adopt this 
over the coming year.

Their material issues
Our shareholders want Record to ensure it is a 
long-term sustainable business which delivers 
attractive returns through share price growth 
and regular dividends.

2023 highlights and future changes
The Company held a Capital Markets Teach-In 
as an opportunity for analysts and investors 
to gain greater insight into Record’s evolving 
market positioning and growth drivers. The 
event introduced the investment case and 
prospects of Record Asset Management GmbH 
and Record Digital, Record’s two newest 
subsidiaries. 

Their material issues
Our people’s material interests relate to 
the work balance and physical and cultural 
environment provided by Record. They want 
to be fairly rewarded for their contribution 
and have opportunities for learning, growth 
and further development as well as sharing in 
business success.

2023 highlights and future changes
Employee engagement pulse survey questions 
have been sent out weekly since January, 
gathering employee feedback on various topics 
including wellbeing, workload, inclusion and 
diversity, technology and communication to name 
a few. Actions will be taken to address resulting 
themes from the survey. 

Line manager support is key to helping individuals 
progress. The Company ran a manager training 
programme which included six important 
modules: Profiles and Personalities, Personal 
Development Plans, Team Building, Remuneration 
and Recognition, Inclusion and Diversity, and 
Team Wellbeing.

Record has continued to offer a hybrid working 
pattern in order to achieve an appropriate work-
life balance for the longer-term benefit of both 
our employees and the business. This year we 
increased core working days in the office from 2 
to 3 to promote collaboration and team building.

In order to provide a productive work 
environment for our growing London-based 
headcount we have moved to a larger office 
space in London, allowing employees to have 
more space, more meeting rooms and an efficient 
working environment.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

39

Section 172 Companies Act 2006 – Our stakeholders continued

Environment 
and community
We recognise the responsibility we have 
to the environment, local community and 
wider society.

External suppliers
We rely on external suppliers and service 
providers to supplement the Group’s own 
infrastructure, benefiting from the expertise 
these suppliers provide.

How we engage
We work to ensure that our key suppliers are 
engaged with our business and that a mutual 
understanding and close working relationship 
is maintained between us.

All material supplier contracts are subject to 
due diligence checks and reviews and include 
strict service level agreements for all supplies 
of business-critical services.

Record has a supplier payment policy which 
ensures that all invoices are approved and duly 
paid within agreed terms.

How we engage
We are proud to support the communities in 
which we operate and we have a long history of 
contributing through monetary donations, gift 
giving and employee time. Further details can 
be found in our Sustainability report.

We champion responsible investment and 
corporate social responsibility and lead the way 
in the development of strategies integrating 
ESG and impact in currency investing. We work 
with like-minded partners to increase and 
meet the demand for sustainable investment 
solutions.

Record has been a signatory to the Principles 
for Responsible Investment since June 2018.

We make a positive impact in our community 
by addressing societal issues and driving social 
progress through our charitable efforts and 
volunteering.

Record’s Sustainability Office and Sustainability 
Committee ensure a strong focus on 
sustainability and ESG factors across all 
aspects of our business, including investment 
strategy, corporate responsibility and risk 
management for the benefit of clients and all of 
our stakeholders.

Their material issues
We aim to manage the business in a manner 
which minimises our impact on the environment 
and helps to benefit society.

Their material issues
Key suppliers wish to develop mutually 
beneficial working relationships with growing 
and successful businesses over the long term.

2023 highlights and future changes
Employees helped to raise £18.4k for local 
and national charities during the year. Record 
also held a corporate volunteering day at a 
homeless shelter in London where employees 
cooked and served breakfast for those in need. 

2023 highlights and future changes
Introduced a Supplier Code of Conduct to align 
suppliers and service providers with Record’s 
own standards on human rights, diversity and 
inclusion, environmental policy and ethical 
practice.

This year’s Climate report includes 
improved disclosure against the TCFD’s 
recommendations and outlines Record’s 
commitment and action towards the Group’s 
net zero and emissions reduction targets.

Further details on our focus and actions on 
both sustainability and climate can be found in 
our separate Sustainability and Climate reports 
on our website: www.recordfg.com

In line with the UK Modern Slavery Act 2015 
which Record is now within scope of for the 
first time this year, we will be updating our 
current modern slavery policy to reflect 
policies and practices across the Group as 
opposed to entity level.

Regulators
Across the Group there are multiple regulators 
that dictate requirements on the relevant Group 
entity and, as a global business, we seek to 
have transparent and open relationships with 
our regulators around the world. Regulators 
provide oversight to ensure the subsidiary 
businesses are operated within regulatory 
parameters, thereby giving valuable assurance 
to clients and other stakeholders.

How we engage
The Group uses a combination of the following: 
•  an experienced Head of Compliance;
•  local legal advisers to call upon for new 

activities; 

•  engages directly and through membership 
of various industry bodies with regulators 
and policymakers across the Group as 
appropriate to ensure that our regulated 
businesses understand and contribute 
to their respective evolving regulatory 
requirements; and

•  the Record plc Board has set up reporting 
criteria from each subsidiary based on its 
requirements and this would include risk, 
compliance, operational and IT. 

We receive advice and updates on regulatory 
matters from both our internal and external 
auditors and also our legal advisers.

Their material issues
Regulators aim to ensure that our regulated 
subsidiaries are run responsibly in the best 
interests and safety of our clients and 
other stakeholders. They seek to protect 
the integrity of the financial systems they 
supervise and promote fair competition for 
the benefit of clients.

2023 highlights and future changes
The Group established a German subsidiary and 
this was approved by BaFiN as a MiFID firm and 
is now trading for clients.

A Group subsidiary was appointed as a Tied 
Agent of AHP in Germany.

A Group subsidiary launched its first 
Luxembourg funds during the period. 

A Group subsidiary appointed a Tied Agent 
(Block Scholes) during the period. 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
40 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Operating review

AUME closed the year at its highest ever 
level of $87.7 billion, including net inflows 
of $9.1 billion for the year.

Product investment performance
Hedging
Our hedging products are predominantly systematic in nature. The effectiveness of each client mandate is assessed regularly 
and adjustments are made when necessary in order to respond to changing market conditions or to bring the risk profile of the 
hedging mandate in line with the client’s risk tolerance.

Passive Hedging
Record’s enhanced Passive Hedging service aims to reduce the cost of hedging by introducing flexibility into the 
implementation of currency hedges without changing the hedge ratio. The episodic nature of many opportunities exploited 
by the strategy means it requires a higher level of discretionary oversight than has historically been associated with Passive 
Hedging. Global markets have seen steepening interest rate curves from the end of 2021, which stems from central banks 
being forced to engage in more hawkish monetary policy in an attempt to keep inflationary pressures under control. This 
has had the effect of introducing a high degree of volatility into short-term interest rate markets, from which FX forward 
pricing is determined. The heightened volatility has increased the opportunity set for our clients’ portfolios, and as such, we 
had positioned client portfolios appropriately to add value from this volatility, achieving positive performance. Additionally, 
the team’s management of the portfolio around key market events such as the collapse of Silicon Valley Bank, and the UK 
government’s “mini-budget”, have minimised downside risks versus the fixed-tenor benchmark.

The table below shows the total value added relative to a fixed-tenor benchmark for an enhanced Passive Hedging programme 
for a representative account. The base currency used is Swiss francs.

Value added by enhanced Passive Hedging programme relative to a fixed-tenor benchmark

Return for 
year to 
31 March 2023

Return
since 
inception1

0.18%

0.10% p.a.

Dynamic Hedging
The performance of our Dynamic Hedging product is a function of foreign currency fluctuations relative to the base currency 
of specific clients. For US-based investors, Dynamic Hedging produced gains in the first half of the period, as the dollar 
appreciated against all exposure currencies and hedge ratios rose, helping to protect against underlying currency losses. The 
second half of the period saw some retracement in the US dollar, which coupled with risk management interventions, resulted 
in a reduction in hedge ratios limiting the product’s impact in clients’ portfolios. Overall, Dynamic Hedging performance was 
positive for the year, partially offsetting currency losses on the underlying international exposures of our US clients. 

For non-US accounts, i.e. those where US exposures were hedged to other base currencies, the performance of Dynamic 
Hedging was opposing over the period given broad US dollar strength and reflected the mandates’ specific objectives and/or 
benchmarks.

Value added by Dynamic Hedging programme for a representative US-based account

Return for 
year to 
31 March 2023

Return
since 
inception2

3.46% 0.67% p.a.

1.  Since inception in October 2014.
2.  Since inception in April 2009.

 
 
Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

41

Operating review

Currency for Return 
Sustainable investing
Record EM Sustainable Finance (“EMSF”) Fund 
The Record EMSF Fund USD class A returned 4.65% from inception (28 June 2021) to 31 March 2023, outperforming the relevant 
emerging market local debt benchmark by 17.35% (see table below).

The currency portfolio delivered positive returns in the period following improved risk sentiment over the last two quarters 
as oversold and high-yielding currencies in emerging markets recovered from depreciated levels. Sentiment was supported 
by the reopening of the Chinese economy, milder weather conditions in Europe and elevated carry in developing economies as 
central banks continued to deliver rate hikes to curb domestic inflationary pressures. The positive performance of the currency 
overlay also benefited from gains in the diversified hard currency funding basket. The topping out of rates in developed 
markets provided further support to local assets in emerging markets and at the same time contributed to improving returns in 
bond markets. The performance of the US dollar bond underlay in the strategy benefited from its highly rated credit quality as 
well as duration exposure following lower long-dated yields in the US over Q1 2023 as the FED neared the end of the tightening 
cycle and recent turmoil in the banking sector sparked global recessionary fears.

The table below shows the performance of the EMSF Fund USD class A and the relevant benchmark, being the JP Morgan 
GBI-EM Global Diversified. The performance is since inception of the EMSF Fund on 28 June 2021 to 31 March 2023.

EMSF Fund USD Share Class A

JP Morgan GBI-EM Global Diversified

Return for 
year to 
31 March 2023

Return since 
inception

5.64%

4.65%

(0.72%)

(12.70%)

Currency Multi-Strategy
Record’s Currency Multi-Strategy product combines a number of diversified return streams, which include:

•  Forward Rate Bias (“FRB”, also known as Carry) and Emerging Market strategies which are founded on market risk premia 

and as such perform more strongly in “risk on” environments; and

•  Momentum, Value, Range Trading and Developed Market Classification (“DMC”) strategies which are more behavioural in 

nature, and as a result are less risk-sensitive.

Record’s Multi-Strategy mandates delivered positive overall performance over the year which was driven by the 
outperformance in Value, Momentum, Range Trading and EM strategies. Value benefited from a significant reduction in euro 
area risk premia. Momentum performed positively on the back of the US dollar cycle and desynchronised rate expectations. 
Range Trading accrued gains mostly in commodity currency pairs due to the absence of major trends in these pairs. Positive 
news surrounding China’s reopening, a compression in Russia-Ukraine geopolitical risk premia, and topping out of US rate 
expectations, which enticed flows back into Emerging Market currencies, led to outperformance in the Emerging Markets 
strand. For Carry, underperformance was mainly driven by short positions in low-yielding Developed Market currencies, which 
appreciated due to the perceived narrowing of interest rate differentials. During the reporting period, DMC was introduced to 
some mandates, and underperformed during the period due to a long position in the US dollar. 

Record Multi-Strategy composite1 

Return for 
12 months to 
31 March 2023
% 

Return since
inception
% p.a.

Volatility since
inception
% p.a.

0.78%

0.82%

3.16%

1.  Record Multi-Strategy composite is since inception in July 2012, showing excess returns data gross of fees in USD base, and scaled to a 4% volatility target.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
42 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Operating review continued

Product investment performance continued
Currency for Return continued
Scaling
The Multi-Strategy product allows clients to select the level of exposure they desire in their currency programmes by 
selecting the required level of scaling and/or the volatility target.

It should be emphasised that in this case “scaling” refers to the multiple of the aggregate notional value of forward contracts 
in the currency programme to the mandate size. This is limited by the willingness of counterparty banks to take exposure to 
the client. The AUME of those mandates where scaling or a volatility target is selected is represented in Record’s AUME at the 
scaled value of the mandate, as opposed to the mandate size. 

AUME development
AUME expressed in US dollar terms finished the year at $87.7 billion, an increase of 6% (2022: $83.1 billion). When expressed in 
sterling, AUME increased by 13% to £71.0 billion (2022: £63.1 billion).

AUME development bridge – year to 31 March 2023 ($bn)

95

90

85

80

75

70

83.1

AUME at
1 April
2022

9.1

(3.8)

(0.7)

87.7

Net flows

Equity &
other markets

FX & scaling
adjustment

AUME 
at 31 March
2023

AUME movements
Passive Hedging AUME increased by 2% to $63.8 billion (2022: $62.8 billion) driven by net inflows of $4.9 billion for the year 
from new and existing clients. The impact from both market movements and exchange rates was negative, at $3.3 billion and 
$0.6 billion respectively.

Dynamic Hedging AUME increased by 39%, ending the year at $14.7 billion (2022: $10.6 billion). The majority of the $4.1 billion 
increase is attributable to net inflows ($4.2 billion), offset slightly by negative market movements of $0.1 billion.

Currency for Return AUME decreased to $3.9 billion (2022: $5.0 billion) by the end of the year, represented by net outflows 
of $0.6 billion and negative market movements and exchange rates of $0.4 billion and $0.1 billion respectively.

Multi-product AUME increased to $5.2 billion (2022: $4.5 billion). Net inflows of $0.6 billion accounted for the majority of the 
movement in addition to positive market movements ($0.1 billion).

Market performance
Record’s AUME is affected by movements in market levels because substantially all the Passive and Dynamic Hedging, and 
some of the Multi-product mandates, are linked to equity, fixed income and other market levels. Market movements decreased 
AUME by $3.8 billion in the year ended 31 March 2023 (2022: increase of $0.3 billion).

Further detail on the composition of assets underlying our Hedging and Multi-product mandates is provided in the following 
table in an attempt to illustrate more clearly the impact of equity and fixed income market movements on these mandate sizes.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

43

Operating review continued

AUME composition by underlying asset class as at 31 March 2023

Passive Hedging

Dynamic Hedging

Multi-product

Equity 
%

23%

84%

0%

Fixed 
income 
%

31%

0%

0%

Other 
%

46%

16%

100%

Forex
Approximately 76% of the Group’s AUME is non-US dollar denominated. Therefore, foreign exchange movements may have an 
impact on AUME when expressing non-US dollar denominated AUME in US dollars. Foreign exchange movements decreased 
AUME by $0.7 billion over the year. This movement does not have an equivalent impact on the sterling value of fee income.

At 31 March 2023, the split of AUME by base currency was 10% in sterling, 47% in Swiss francs, 24% in US dollars, 14% in euros 
and 5% in other currencies.

AUME composition by base currency

Base currency 

Sterling

US dollar

Swiss franc

Euro

Australian dollar

Canadian dollar

Japanese yen

Product mix
AUME composition by product

Passive Hedging

Dynamic Hedging 

Currency for Return

Multi-product

Cash 

Total 

31 March 2023

31 March 2022

GBP 7.4bn

GBP 7.6bn

USD 20.8bn

USD 17.6bn

CHF 38.3bn

CHF 33.1bn

EUR 11.7bn

EUR 11.4bn

AUD 3.0bn

AUD 2.9bn

CAD 3.3bn

CAD 6.1bn

JPY 27.2bn

JPY 0.0bn

31 March 2023

31 March 2022

US $bn

63.8

14.7

3.9

5.2

0.1

87.7

%

73%

17%

4%

6%

—%

100%

US $bn

62.8

10.6

5.0

4.5

0.2

83.1

%

76%

13%

6%

5%

—%

100%

Notwithstanding hedging AUME continuing to represent approximately 90% of the total AUME, the product mix within this 
figure has shifted towards the higher revenue-margin Dynamic Hedging product due primarily to net inflows of $4.2 billion 
during the year. This has diversified the Group’s hedging revenue streams and further diluted the historical concentration on 
the lower revenue-margin Passive Hedging product.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
Overview
The implementation of the Group’s change in strategy 
continues, focused on the diversifi cation of its products 
and services and the modernisation of its systems and 
processes. The pipeline of new product launches and new 
revenue streams in asset management remains strong, and 
we expect to see the culmination of our work over the last 
three years to start making a material diff  erence to revenues 
in FY-24, the current fi nancial year. Our existing strong core 
of hedging products remains fundamental to our growth 
plans, underscored by net infl  ows of $9.1 billion for the year 
in addition to the $2.4 billion in FY-22. As expected, and 
somewhat inevitably, our cost base has risen over the year, 
linked both to our continued investment in the modernisation 
of our business, and to the exceptional levels of infl  ationary 
pressure seen at both a personnel and non-personnel level.

The Group remains independent, cash generative and 
profi table, supported by its strong and liquid balance sheet. 

Revenues grew 27% to £44.7 million (2022: £35.1 million) 
supported by a 12% increase in management fees and an 
increase in performance fees of £5.3 million (2022: £0.5 
million). Operating profi t for the year increased by 34% to 
£14.5 million (2022: £10.8 million) and the operating profi t 
margin increased to 32% (2022: 31%) with a 34% increase in 
profi t before tax to £14.6 million (2022: £10.9 million).

44 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Financial review

Our second successive 
year of material revenue 
growth since our change 
in strategy has been 
driven by increases 
in both management 
and performance fees, 
resulting in a 34% 
increase to operating 
profi  t. 

Steve Cullen
Chief Financial Offi    cer

Revenue

£44.7m +27%

FY-22: £35.1m

Management fees

£38.3m +12%

FY-22: £34.1m

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

45

Financial review

Profit and loss (£m)

Revenue

Cost of sales

Gross profit

Personnel (excluding bonus)

Non-personnel costs

Other income or expense

Total expenditure (excluding bonus)

Group Bonus Scheme

Operating profit

Operating profit margin

Net interest received

Profit before tax

Tax

Profit after tax

2023

44.7

—

44.7

(12.8)

(9.5)

(0.3)

(22.6)

(7.6)

14.5

32%

0.1

14.6

(3.3)

11.3

2022

35.1

(0.2)

34.9

(10.8)

(7.2)

(0.4)

(18.4)

(5.7)

10.8

31%

0.1

10.9

(2.3)

8.6

Revenue – Currency Management
Record’s traditional core currency management revenue derives from the provision of currency and derivative management 
services, fees for which can be charged through management fee only or management plus performance fee structures, 
which are available across Record’s product range. Management fee only mandates are charged based upon the AUME 
of the product, and management plus performance fee structures include a lower percentage fee applied to AUME, and a 
proportional share of the specific product performance measured over a defined period.

Management fees are typically charged on a quarterly basis, although Record may charge fees monthly for some of its 
larger clients. Performance fees can be charged on quarterly, six-monthly or annual performance periods on the basis 
agreed with the particular client.

Revenue – Asset Management
Asset management did not generate any material revenue reportable for FY-23. Material new revenue streams derived 
from Record’s diversification into asset management products and services will be reported separately from the current 
financial year (FY-24) onwards.

Revenue – FY-23
Management fees earned during the year increased by 12% to £38.3 million (2022: £34.1 million) driven by net inflows of 
$9.1 billion into Record’s core currency hedging products, and the full-year revenue impact on Currency for Return from the 
Record EM Sustainable Finance Fund, launched in June 2021. Performance fees increased by £5.3 million to £5.8 million for 
the year (2022: £0.5 million), linked to positive performance from certain Enhanced Passive Hedging mandates.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
46 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Financial review continued

Revenue analysis (£m)

Management fees

Passive Hedging

Dynamic Hedging

Currency for Return

Multi-product

Total management fees

Performance fees

Other income

Total revenue

Year
ended
31 March
2023

Year
ended
31 March
2022

12.9

12.0

6.8

6.6

38.3

5.8

0.6

44.7

11.8

10.0

5.5

6.8

34.1

0.5

0.5

35.1

Management fees
Passive Hedging management fees increased by 9% to 
£12.9 million (2022: £11.8 million) predominantly driven by 
the net inflows of $4.9 billion in the year. Whilst Passive 
Hedging commands a significantly lower average fee rate 
than Record’s other products, it continues to provide a 
robust and valuable revenue stream from a long-standing, 
institutional client base, which itself provides potential 
synergies to the Group in the form of future partnerships and 
product innovation. More recently, the extension of our core 
Passive Hedging product for Asset Managers, which provides 
programmes designed to fit specific liquidity and reporting 
requirements, has seen growth which we expect to continue 
in the current financial year (FY-24).

Dynamic Hedging management fees increased by 20% 
to £12.0 million (2022: £10.0 million) as a result of the 
full-year impact of the $0.8 billion of net inflows seen in 
the second half of FY-22, combined with the total net inflows 
of $4.2 billion in FY-23 from new and existing clients.

Management fees from Currency for Return mandates 
increased 24% to £6.8 million (2022: £5.5 million). The 
increase has been driven predominantly by the full-year 
impact of revenue from the Record EM Sustainable Finance 
Fund, launched in June 2021. The net outflow of $0.6 billion 
announced in the final quarter of the financial year will 
partially offset this increase in the current financial year 
(FY-24).

Multi-product management fees decreased marginally by 
3% to £6.6 million (2022: £6.8 million). However, net inflows 
of $0.6 billion in the second half of FY-23 are expected to 
increase revenues in the current financial year (FY-24).

Performance fees
Performance fees can be derived from a combination of 
hedging and return-seeking products. Our enhanced Passive 
Hedging products continued the rebound seen towards 
the end of FY-22 in making up lost ground versus previous 
high water marks. This was accelerated during the year by 
the opportunities arising to add value linked to increases 
in interest rate differentials, which helped to deliver an 
exceptional level of performance fees of £5.8 million (2022: 
£0.5 million). Such opportunities for added value on this 
product are, to a certain extent, market dependent and can 
therefore be episodic in nature. Consequently, the occurrence 
and scale of future performance fees is dependent on market 
developments through the current financial year (FY-24).

Other income
Other income totalled £0.6 million (2022: £0.5million) 
and consists predominantly of fees from ancillary currency 
management services including collateral management, 
signal hedging and tactical execution services. Fees 
charged for these ancillary services are not linked to AUME.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

47

Financial review continued

Expenditure
Cost of sales
Cost of sales previously comprised of referral fees and costs 
in relation to the Record Umbrella Fund, which was closed 
during the previous financial year (2022: £0.2 million).

Operating expenditure
The Group operating expenditure (excluding variable 
remuneration and other expenses) increased by 24% to 
£22.3 million for the year (2022: £18.0 million).

As expected, the Group has seen increases in personnel 
costs (excluding bonuses) for the year of approximately 19%. 
Average headcount increased by 7%, and the exceptional 
inflationary environment over the year continued to erode 
the purchasing power of our employees’ pay, adding pressure 
for the business to provide support against the resultant 
increase to the general cost of living. Consequently, in 
order to avoid adding to recurring fixed costs in future, it 
was decided to award one-off cost-of-living allowances of 
£3,000 per employee (excluding Executive Directors and 
Board members), amounting to a total cost of approximately 
£0.3 million. The Group continues to monitor the situation 
closely and to provide support to ensure the continued 
wellbeing of employees, and in April 2023 it was decided 
to make a further cost-of-living payment to employees of 
£2,000 per employee during FY-24.

Against this backdrop, salaries and related on-costs 
(including pensions) increased by 14%, whilst other 
employment-related costs associated with the Group’s 
share schemes, including the new LTIP scheme launched 
in the year, increased by just over 60%. Commission paid 
under the scheme aimed at generating new business rose by 
approximately 35%, linked to the increase in revenue.

Similarly, and also as expected, non-personnel costs include 
rises linked to inflation as well as those associated with 
continued investment by the Group into IT resources in the 
key strategic area of modernisation, and those costs linked 
with increases in both growth, and ultimately complexity, of 
the Group structure and of its products and services.

Consequently, non-personnel costs increased by 32% during 
the year to £9.5 million (2022: £7.2 million). Increases in 
professional fees of one third, including both legal and audit 
fees, reflect the set-up costs and growing footprint of the 
Group abroad, including expansion and regulatory approval 
in Germany. As the Group’s growth plans and diversification 
progress, so does the requirement for additional market 
data consumed via platforms and other data sources, plus 
additional software and IT-consultant resource, leading to an 
increase in related costs of approximately 40% for the year. 

The new office location in London was expanded halfway 
through the year to accommodate growth in employee 
numbers and to enable the Group to maintain its strong 
culture and focus on collaborative working, regarded as key 
for future growth and employee retention and wellbeing. 
Whilst the increase in cost was slightly offset by downsizing 
of the Windsor-based office, occupancy costs increased by 
approximately 20% in the year. Alongside the increase in new 
business, costs associated with travel and accommodation 
doubled, linked to the resumption of more client meetings in 
person as opposed to virtually.

The Group remains conscious of the need for good cost 
control balanced with ensuring the business is appropriately 
resourced to achieve its strategic goals of diversification, 
modernisation and succession. However, it is anticipated 
that the continuation of inflationary pressures in the current 
environment, as well as the full-year impact of associated 
rises seen in the year, will inevitably lead to an increase in its 
cost base in the current year (FY-24), albeit at more muted 
levels versus FY-23.

Other expenses were £0.3 million for the year (2022: 
£0.4 million) and represent net losses/gains made on 
derivative financial instruments employed by the Group’s 
hedging activities and other FX adjustments or revaluations.

Group Bonus Scheme
The bonus pool has increased by 33% to £7.6 million 
(2022: £5.7 million), broadly in line with, and reflecting, 
the 34% increase in operating profit for the year, and has 
been calculated at 34.8% of pre-bonus operating profit.

Further information on variable remuneration can be found 
in the Remuneration report starting on page 76.

Operating profit and margin
Group operating profit increased by 34% to £14.5 million 
(2022: £10.8 million) with the Group operating margin 
increasing marginally to 32% (2022: 31%). The Group 
continues its programme of investment to modernise 
systems and processes and has seen increases in costs 
as described further above. Alongside minor delays in 
the launch of new, higher revenue-margin products this 
has impacted the Group’s operating margin for the year. 
The Group remains confident that new product launches 
in the current financial year (FY-24), alongside careful 
cost control, albeit still challenging in a high inflationary 
environment, will deliver increases in the operating margin 
over the medium term.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
48 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Financial review continued

Under the Board’s capital and dividend policies, the Group 
can pay up to a maximum of 100% of earnings for each 
financial year, thereby ensuring distributions do not erode 
the continued strength of its balance sheet.

To this end, the Group maintains a financial model to assist 
it in forecasting future capital requirements over a three-
year cycle under various scenarios and monitors the capital 
and liquidity positions of the Group on an ongoing basis. 
The Group has no debt.

Record Currency Management Limited (“RCML”) is a UK MiFID 
investment firm authorised and regulated by the Financial 
Conduct Authority (“FCA”) registered as an Investment 
Adviser with the SEC and as a Commodity Trading Adviser 
with the CFTC. Record Asset Management GmbH (“RAM”)
is authorised and regulated in Germany by BaFin. RCML, 
RAM and the Group submit regular capital adequacy returns 
to the respective regulators, and held significant surplus 
capital resources relative to the regulatory financial resource 
requirements throughout the year.

The Board has concluded that the Group is adequately 
capitalised both to continue its operations effectively and to 
meet regulatory requirements, due to the size and liquidity of 
balance sheet resources maintained by the Group.

Steve Cullen
Chief Financial Officer

29 June 2023

Cautionary statement
This Annual Report contains certain forward-looking 
statements with respect to the financial condition, results, 
operations and business of Record. These statements 
involve risk and uncertainty because they relate to events 
and depend upon circumstances that will occur in the future. 
There are a number of factors that could cause actual results 
or developments to differ materially from those expressed or 
implied in this Annual Report. Nothing in this Annual Report 
should be construed as a profit forecast.

Cash flow
The Group consolidated statement of cash flows is shown 
on page 109 of the financial statements.

The Group’s year-end cash and cash equivalents stood at 
£9.9 million (2022: £3.3 million) and the total assets managed 
as cash were £14.5 million (2022: £17.3 million). The cash 
generated from operating activities before tax increased 
by 16% to £14.7 million (2022: £12.7 million). During the year, 
taxation of £2.4 million was paid (2022: £1.4 million) and £9.1 
million was paid in dividends (2022: £6.5 million). The Group 
spent £3.6 million (2022: £4.5 million) on the purchase of its 
own shares for the EBT to set against the future vesting of 
share options, and spent £3.6 million on investments (2022: 
£1.8 million).

At the year end, the Group held money market instruments 
with maturities between three and twelve months worth 
£4.5 million (2022: £13.9 million). These instruments are 
managed as cash by the Group but are not classified as cash 
under IFRS rules (see note 18 of the financial statements 
for more details).

Dividends
An interim ordinary dividend of 2.05 pence per share (2022: 
1.80 pence) was paid to shareholders on 30 December 2022, 
equivalent to £3.9 million.

As disclosed in the Chairman’s statement on page 7, the Board 
is recommending a final ordinary dividend of 2.45 pence per 
share, equivalent to approximately £4.7 million, taking the 
overall ordinary dividend for the financial year to 4.50 pence 
per share. Simultaneously, the Board is also paying a 
special dividend of 0.68 pence equivalent to approximately 
£1.3 million, making the total dividend in respect of the year 
ended 31 March 2023 of £9.9 million equivalent to 87% of 
total earnings.

The total ordinary and special dividends paid per share 
in respect of the prior year ended 31 March 2022 were 
3.60 pence and 0.92 pence respectively, equivalent to total 
dividends of £8.6 million and representing 100% of total 
earnings per share of 4.52 pence.

Financial stability and capital management
The Group’s balance sheet is strong and liquid with total 
net assets of £28.3 million (2022: £25.9 million) at the end 
of the financial year, including current assets managed as 
cash totalling £14.5 million (2022: £17.3 million). The cash 
generated by the business has increased in line with the 
rise in profitability, with net cash inflows from operating 
activities after tax of £12.3 million for the year (2022: 
£11.4 million). For further information on cash flows, see the 
consolidated statement of cash flows on page 109 of the 
financial statements.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

49

Risk management

Record adopts a unified approach to risk 
management which is fully embedded 
across all areas of the business.

The Record plc Board (“the Board”) has ultimate 
responsibility for risk and the oversight of the risk 
management process within the business. Recognising 
that risk is inherent in all of the Group’s business dealings, 
and in the markets and instruments in which the Group 
operates, places a high priority on ensuring an integrated 
approach and a strong risk management culture is embedded 
throughout the Group, with accountability at all levels within 
the business. Effective risk management and strong internal 
controls are integral to the Group’s business model and are 
reflected in the risk management framework adopted within 
the business.

Risk management framework
Risk appetite
As part of its responsibility for the oversight of the risk 
management process, the Board determines its appetite for 
all significant risk categories identified across the business. 
This defines the level of risk it is willing for the business to 
take to support its strategic and business objectives and 
encourages an appropriate balance between risk and benefit 
in a controlled and regulatory compliant context, taking into 
account the interests of clients, our people and shareholders 
as well as any capital or other regulatory requirements. The 
Group maintains a risk register, which specifies each risk 
appetite with independent and ongoing assessment of the 
level of risk performed by the Head of Business Risk.

The Board reviews and considers the principal and emerging 
risks and corresponding risk appetites on a regular and 
ongoing basis in light of its strategic plans, and changes in 
both the business and regulatory environment. The Board 
currently considers the following significant risk categories in 
determining the risk appetite of the Group:

Strategic

Operational

Systems

Investment

People

Each of these are outlined on pages 51 to 53.

Oversight
Oversight of the risk management framework is delegated by 
the Board to the Head of Business Risk.

The Board provides oversight and independent challenge in 
relation to internal controls, risk management systems and 
procedures, and external financial reporting.

The Boards of Record Currency Management Limited (“RCML”) 
and Record Asset Management GmbH (“RAM”), being the 
regulated entities within the Group, are the delegated 
decision-making bodies for the day-to-day operations of 
the respective businesses and included the executive Board 
members of Record plc and other senior personnel within the 
business.

Risk management framework – overview

Record plc Board

RCML Board

RAM Board

Audit Committee

RCML Investment 
Committee

The RCML Board has delegated authority to the RCML Investment Committee to approve changes to any of the Group’s 
investment processes and to establish and maintain policies for these processes. The RCML Investment Committee’s members 
are listed on page 65 and the committee’s formal approval is required prior to implementation of any new or amended 
investment process or product.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
50 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Risk management continued

Lines of defence
The Record culture is one of integrity and accountability; 
core values that are embedded into the control environment 
surrounding all areas of the business.

The overall risk management framework is underpinned by 
three lines of defence and is overseen by the Board.

Within this framework, the first line of defence provides 
management assurance and rests with line managers 
within their specific departments and with senior managers 
responsible for the implementation and maintenance of 
higher-level controls to aim to ensure adherence to quality 
standards and regulatory requirements. 

Functions such as Front Office Risk Management, Compliance, 
Business Risk and Legal provide the second line of defence 
through the drafting, implementation and monitoring of 
policies and procedures to align with best practice, to ensure 
compliance and to provide assurance and oversight for the 
Board.

The third line of defence is performed by internal audit, 
which provides independent assurance on the adequacy 
and effectiveness of the Group’s risk management, control 
and governance processes, providing recommendations 
to improve the control environment. Internal audit is 
provided by RSM UK Risk Assurance Services LLP (“RSM”), 
an independent third party.

External independent assurance for shareholders is achieved 
by the Group commissioning RSM to perform the annual 
service auditor’s report in respect of Record Currency 
Management Limited under both the International Standard 
on Assurance Engagement (“ISAE”) 3402 and the American 
Institute of Certified Public Accountants Attestation Standard 
AT-C Section 320 (“AT-C 320”). In performing this work, RSM 
reports its opinion on the description of internal controls 
with respect to the investment management and information 
technology activities, and the operating effectiveness of 
specific controls for the period 1 April to 31 March, in line with 
the Group’s financial year.

The Group considers the strong capital buffer and the 
flexibility retained under the capital and dividend policy 
provides an effective additional line of defence in terms of 
mitigation when considering its risks.

External independent assurance activity

ISAE 3402 and AT-C 320 service auditor’s report on internal controls (RSM)

Embedded culture of integrity and accountability

1st line of defence:

2nd line of defence:

3rd line of defence:

Business operations and support

Control and oversight functions

Internal audit  
(independent assurance – RSM)

Ukraine
We have been mindful from an early stage of the risks posed 
to the business by the conflict in Ukraine. We continue to 
closely monitor the ongoing situation, adapt to the changing 
circumstances and to consider the best interests of our 
chosen partners based in Ukraine. 

We have so far anticipated and successfully mitigated these 
risks, which can be summarised as follows:

•  the impact on the delivery of IT projects linked the Group’s 

external consulting partners being based in Ukraine;

•  global recognition of the increased likelihood of 

cyber-attacks; and

•  our products which include investments in RUB (Russia 

rouble) and UAH (Ukraine hryvnia).

Emerging risks
We consider emerging risks in the context of known risks 
which could become more likely to materialise, or external 
shocks such as natural disasters and pandemics, geopolitics, 
disruption to financial markets and business infrastructure 
and changes or trends in the competitive landscape. The 
Board, management and Head of Business Risk monitor 
emerging risks by including these in the ongoing review of 
risks performed through the risk management framework.

Top risks to the business
The following section shows the Board’s assessment of 
the principal and emerging risks faced by the business. The 
trend arrows indicate the perceived increase or decrease in 
risk posed to the business following review by the Board and 
the Head of Business Risk. These risks fall into a number of 
distinct categories and the means to mitigate them are both 
diverse and relevant to the nature of the risk concerned.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

51

Risk management continued

Strategic risks

Our top two strategic risks are concentration and competitive 
threats. We consider both of these to be “high” risk and, while 
we accept these as a fact of doing business, a key pillar of the 
CEO’s strategy is to mitigate these through diversification. 

Other notable strategic risks are delivery of strategy, 
regulatory trends, product innovation, third-party products 
and exogenous.

Risk

Link to strategy

Trend

Description

Concentration

Diversification

Competitive threats

Delivery of strategy

Regulatory trends

Product innovation

Third-party products

Exogenous

Diversification

Modernisation

Diversification

Modernisation

Succession

Diversification

Diversification

Modernisation

Diversification

Diversification

Modernisation

Our clearest concentration risk comes through our historical reliance 
on our core currency hedging product (both passive and dynamic). 
Despite its acceptance as part of risk appetite, this risk has reduced 
during the year and will continue to do so in FY-24 with the change in 
product mix through the successful development and marketing of 
new products and strategies.

Asset management and currency are competitive industries, and our 
business is exposed to competitive threats arising from disruptive 
innovators and entrants, and consistent pressure on fees, especially 
Passive Hedging fees. Notwithstanding the high barriers to entry 
in our industry, our continued focus on the highest levels of client 
service alongside our ability to tailor our service offerings to fit 
specific client demands and our investment in technology and 
innovation have served us well over 40 years and will continue  
to do so.

We continue to successfully execute the CEO’s strategy – we are 
increasing revenue through both traditional and new products, and 
made strides in introducing technology to streamline a number 
of operational processes and have put into action a plan for 
generational change.

We are susceptible to adverse regulatory trends in our core markets. 
While we cannot control the likelihood, we have a strong track record 
of working closely with our clients and local advisers during periods 
of regulatory transition (e.g. EMIR, Brexit, IFPR, BaFin).

Separate to concentration and competitive threats, as with any 
business we are exposed to the risks that our products no longer 
fill a market need. We are client led, and our approach of “Listen, 
Understand, Deliver” and our strong client relationships and product 
diversification help to mitigate this risk.

We continue to develop relationships to combine our expertise with 
that of our preferred partners and third-party strategies. Along with 
the opportunity, we embrace some risk that such strategies could 
underperform and cause reputational damage. We mitigate this risk 
through a thorough and robust due diligence process and a strong 
onboarding process. Now that we are successfully distributing 
third-party strategies such as the Diversified GP Stakes strategy, 
we recognise this risk has increased, and as part of the due diligence 
process we have partnered with an external research agency to 
conduct exhaustive fraud and reputation checks on all managers we 
partner with in this way.

We are mindful of the risks to the business from an inflationary 
backdrop, for example through increased operating costs and 
interest rates, as well as the risk to asset prices that would directly 
impact revenues, although this has ultimately proved to be negligible 
through and following the impact of the pandemic.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
52 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Risk management continued

Operational risks

Our clients pay us fees to undertake high operational risk on 
their behalf given the trading sizes and volumes we execute, 
particularly linked to our hedging products. We embrace this 
risk, recognising it as a principal risk to the business reflected 
in our bespoke business model and risk framework, which 
is designed to mitigate this risk to an acceptable level. We 
operate within our risk appetites given our robust control 
framework and long-standing and experienced operational 
teams. In line with the strategy to plan for generational 
change, several new heads of department have been 
appointed using internal promotions, thereby ensuring the 

knowledge and familiarity required to run bespoke mandates 
remains in the business and these operational risks continue 
to run within an acceptable tolerance level aligned with the 
Board’s risk appetite.

Our biggest operational risks are trade configuration, the 
responsibility of the Portfolio Implementation team, and 
trade execution, undertaken by our Trading team. Other 
notable risks include accuracy of market and portfolio data 
(on which we trade), settlement risk (while we do not trade 
on our own account, risk that we make a mistake with a 
payment instruction), and reporting errors.

Risk

Link to strategy

Trend

Description

Trade configuration 
and execution

Modernisation

RAM operational 
errors

Modernisation

New  
risk

Configuring a trade with the wrong currency or in the wrong direction 
would expose us to market risk, as we make good any trade errors 
that would result in a cost to the client. To mitigate this risk, trades 
are configured independently and then cross-checked while our 
Front Office Risk team conduct pre and post-trade checks. We 
continue to introduce technological solutions to increase efficiency 
and reduce risk as we continue to broaden our products and services.

With the start of RAM operations, while operations are initially 
simple, we expect this risk to emerge as the business grows. Unlike 
with our currency business, where errors can be traded out of in the 
most liquid market, many RAM investments are in illiquid assets or 
funds, which could take an extended amount of time to trade out of.

System risks

Along with all businesses in our sector, we are reliant on a 
range of in-house and third-party systems to deliver our 
services, and all of these are susceptible to the risk of having 
downtime, bugs, redundancy, integration issues and, of 
course, cyber attacks. 

Notwithstanding our robust systems and mitigating controls, 
we nonetheless maintain a business continuity plan and 
disaster recovery site in order to continue to run the business 
should material disruption occur. These contingencies are 
regularly tested.

Risk

Link to strategy

Trend

Description

Cyber and 
data security

Modernisation

Cyber risk represents the risk of loss from cybercrime or the 
malicious disruption to networks through theft of data or 
corruption of information. The Group has established cyber security 
programmes which are continuously reviewed and adjusted to keep 
pace with regulatory, legislative and cyber threat landscapes, the 
latter heightened from the Group now operating across various 
locations and more recently as a result of the war in Ukraine. Record 
Group did not experience any material client or operational impact 
nor any data breaches in the year.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

53

Risk management continued

Investment risks

Any asset manager must embrace the risk of product 
underperformance, whether against their benchmarks or 
indeed in absolute terms; we are no different. This is our key 
investment risk.

Investment risks also cover the research process and any 
potential impact on product development, which we see as 
low risk given our highly qualified and experienced research 
colleagues and, a rigorous review process and strict scrutiny 
by the RCML Investment Committee for all related product 
developments.

Risk

Link to strategy

Trend

Description

Product 
underperformance

Diversification

Market liquidity

Modernisation

We are increasingly exposed to emerging markets and their inherent 
risks, given the geopolitical environment as well as our activity in 
this space. We expect this risk to increase as we grow this part of 
the business.

Market liquidity is another risk of doing business and one that asset 
managers must embrace. That said, we mitigate this risk through 
extensive access to, and long-standing relationships with, liquidity 
sources, and have successfully navigated historic liquidity events 
such as covid-19, Brexit and the SNB decision to stop supporting 
the Euro-Swiss franc floor, which we see as a core competitive 
advantage. More recently, through adherence to our approved 
counterparty list, we maintained minimal exposure to Credit Suisse, 
while our Credit Committee continuously monitored developments as 
the situation unfolded.

People risks

People are our biggest asset and, as such, present various 
risks. We have worked hard to mitigate both key person and 

succession risks over the previous twelve months; indeed, 
succession planning is a key focus of the Board.

Risk

Link to strategy

Trend

Description

Key person 
and succession

Succession

Talent acquisition 
and retention

Succession

The Group has been in business for 40 years and was previously 
vulnerable to key person risk in the executive, operational and 
investment teams. As we continue to execute the CEO’s strategy by 
planning for generational change and promoting from within, this key 
person and succession risk posed to the business becomes further 
diluted, as evidenced by the recent announcement of Dr Jan Witte as 
RCML CEO and the change of Chairman announced for the AGM in July.

The inflationary environment has forced many firms, including ours, 
to consider risks to talent acquisition and retention. While there 
has been some turnover and internal promotions to key operational 
roles, we continue to successfully attract talent into all areas of 
the business.

We also monitor risks such as conduct and conflicts of interest, as well as staff engagement and wellbeing.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
54 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Viability statement

In accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code, 
the Directors have performed a robust assessment of the 
viability of the Group considering the business model, the 
Group’s expected financial position, Board strategy and risk 
appetite, the Group’s solvency and liquidity and its principal 
risks. Based on this assessment, the Directors have a current 
and reasonable expectation that the Group will continue to 
operate and meet its liabilities as they fall due for the next 
three years to 31 March 2026.

The Directors review the financial forecasts and position 
of the Group on an ongoing basis. The capital and dividend 
policies reflect the stated objectives of maintaining a 
strong balance sheet whilst allowing the Group flexibility 
to adapt its products and services to market conditions, to 
take advantage of emerging business opportunities, and to 
make progressive and sustainable returns to shareholders. 
The Group’s strategy and principal risks are assessed and 
reviewed regularly at Board and Executive level, and by 
operational subsidiaries within the Group. Further detail 
on the Group’s strategy and principal risks is given in the 
Strategic report on pages 18 to 21 and 51 to 53 respectively.

In assessing the viability of the Group, the Directors have 
considered the principal risks affecting the Group, which 
underpin the basis for the stress testing of the business plan 
conducted under the Investment Firm Prudential Regime 
(“IFPR”). This uses severe but plausible stress scenarios 
assuming the crystallising of a number of these principal 
risks to assess the options for mitigating the impact on the 
Group, and for ensuring that the ongoing viability of the 
Group is sustained.

The scenarios assume mitigating actions including the 
potential for non-critical cost reductions and reassessing the 
dividend policy, although any mitigating actions would need 
to be reassessed depending on the specific circumstances 
and expected duration of the factors affecting the business 
model at the time. The possibility that the impact and timing 
of factors potentially affecting the viability of the Group 
could be more severe than assumed plausible for the above 
testing should also be noted.

Changes in our industry such as the increase in demand for 
sustainable investment products and advances in technology 
provide both challenge but also opportunity to the Group, 
whilst economic uncertainty continues linked to the war in 
Ukraine and a higher inflationary environment. Through its 
change in strategy and increased focus on growth, combined 
with the continued enhancement of its products and services 
and in maintaining its approach to innovation and the use of 
technology, the Directors believe the Company to be capable 
of meeting such challenges, as evidenced by the growth in 
revenue and profits and the diversification of AUME seen 
over the last two years. The Directors consider a three-year 
horizon over which to assess the viability of the Group to 
be appropriate under such circumstances, since it provides 
a sharper focus and any further planning horizon provides 
a greater level of uncertainty to planning and financial 
projections.

The Strategic report is set out on pages 1 to 54 of the Annual 
report and outlines our strategic objectives, performance 
and financial position, as well as our outlook for the future.

The Strategic report was approved by the Board on 
29 June 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Leslie Hill
Chief executive Officer

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

55

Governance

Governance

Chairman’s introduction

Board of Directors

Corporate governance report

Corporate governance overview

Board structure

Board activity

Board eff  ectiveness

Corporate governance framework

Internal control and risk management 

Nomination Committee report

Audit Committee report

Remuneration report

Chair of the Remuneration Committee’s statement 

Remuneration Policy

Annual report on remuneration 

Directors’ report

Directors’ responsibilities statement

57

58

60

60

61

62

64

65

66

67

70

76

77

79

84

92

95

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

 
 
 
 
56 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Meet the Chair-elect

Q&A

with David Morrison, 
Chair-elect

1. What made you want to join Record?
As Neil notes in his statement on page 7, I have some 
history with Record having initially been a client in the 
1980s and subsequently sat on the Board, fi rstly, when 
the Company was private and, secondly, subsequent to 
its listing. In that context, I have followed its fortunes 
for close to forty years. I was both delighted and 
surprised to be considered to succeed Neil as Chairman 
of the Company and my reasons for being enthusiastic 
to take the role stem in no small measure from the 
regard that I have for Neil personally, as well as for 
the business he, supported over the years by some 
outstanding colleagues, has created.

Some of the defi ning characteristics of the Company 
since inception have been intellectual rigour, an 
overwhelming focus on the importance of client 
relationships, which is evident from the longevity of 
several of those clients, and a strong corporate culture 
and values which have been a guidewire since the early 
days and which remain as powerful now as they were in 
the past.

It is a testament to the strength of the business that 
many of the Company’s products, whilst evolving, have 
continued to generate revenues over a long period. 
However, one of the exciting aspects of re-engaging 
at this point are the new areas of business that have 
come to the fore since the appointment of Leslie Hill 
as CEO in 2020. Record continues to be one of the 
leading independent foreign exchange managers, but 
the potential of new products to broaden the business, 
to deliver growth and to add diverse and uncorrelated 
income streams gives me cause to be excited about 
the next few years. I believe that Record has both 
the benefi t of forty years of experience on which to 
draw and the ambition and potential of an early-stage 
company.

2. Where do you see the Group in fi  ve years?
For the reasons outlined above, I see much about the 
Group being similar in fi ve years’ time to what it is now. 
The quality of the people, the culture of the business, the 
attention to rigorous analysis and the respect for and 
desire to do the best possible for our clients must remain 
in place. I also believe that currency management will 
continue to be central. However, looking at the initiatives 
and ideas that are in train, ranging from infrastructure 
funds to cryptocurrencies, we have an opportunity to 
build a diversifi ed, alternative asset manager with a range 
of income streams and able to off  er clients investment 
products that are not-yet part of the mainstream.

As part of re-engaging with the business, I have spent time 
with several members of the team, some of whom I knew 
in the past, several of whom are recently arrived and their 
calibre, commitment and desire to see the Company grow 
gives me great confi dence, whilst recognising that not all 
of the “frontier” activities currently being explored will 
succeed. I believe strongly that the next few years will be 
a period of growth for the Company, but, to achieve that 
growth, we must be prepared to risk failure at times.

3. What are your priorities for the Board?
To pick up on my comment above, to grow we must be 
willing to take risks. However, those risks must be taken in 
a well-controlled environment. It is the responsibility of the 
Board to ensure that the Company maintains the highest 
governance and ethical standards, whilst also ensuring that 
there is no corporate straitjacket that crushes initiative and 
constrains development. In practice, that means that there 
must always be full transparency and clear accountability 
across all the Company’s activities and jurisdictions. Whilst 
I would not wish to put words into their mouths, I feel that 
my colleagues on the Board and I are aligned with regard 
to our role and responsibilities and I much look forward 
to working with them in the next few years. Record has 
gained a reputation as a trusted, reliable and high-quality 
organisation; it is the responsibility of the Board to ensure 
that that mantle does not slip.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

57

Chairman’s introduction

As we celebrate Record’s 
fortieth year I am proud 
of our history of strong 
corporate governance, 
which has always been 
at the centre of the 
business, underpinning 
its purpose, values 
and decision-making. 

Neil Record
Chairman

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

In this section of the Annual Report we explain our corporate 
governance arrangements and describe the operation of the 
Record Group, the Board and its Committees during the year.

I have been involved with Record since its inception in 
1983, initially as the founder and CEO and later as the 
Non-executive Chairman. As I introduced in my statement, 
my plan is to retire following the 2023 AGM, and I am happy 
to announce that David Morrison will take over as the new 
Chair of the Board. David is highly qualifi ed for the role, and 
shares my belief that Record will continue to succeed by 
having strong corporate governance arrangements. When I 
step down, I will leave behind a well-established and united 
Board that is successfully managing the implementation of 
our new strategy.

Our enhanced business strategy of diversifi cation, 
modernisation and succession is routed in our core strengths 
and values, and our corporate governance structure is 
very much part of this. The expansion of the Group into 
new products and regions has been successful, and we are 
committed to utilising our knowledge and expertise to create 
value for our shareholders.

I can confi rm that the corporate governance arrangements 
formally established in all Group companies operate 
eff  ectively and effi  ciently supported by the senior 
management and all Group employees. Although we believe 
that our governance approach is eff  ective, the Board 
remains dedicated to enhancing governance structures that 
will enable the Group to fl  ourish and navigate any future 
challenges.

Neil Record
Chairman

29 June 2023

 
 
 
 
58 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Board of Directors

Neil Record
Chairman

Leslie Hill
Chief Executive Offi  cer

Steve Cullen
Chief Financial Offi  cer

Appointed: 
Neil founded Record in 1983 and 
has been its principal shareholder 
and Chairman since then. Neil 
also served as Record’s CEO until 
October 2010. He will retire at 
the 2023 AGM after a long and 
successful career.

Appointed: 
Leslie joined Record in 1992. She 
was appointed Head of Sales 
and Marketing in 1999, and Chief 
Executive Offi  cer in February 2020.

Appointed: 
Steve was appointed to the Board 
and made Chief Financial Offi  cer in 
March 2013.

Previous appointments: 
Prior to founding Record, Neil 
was an economist at the Bank 
of England and worked in the 
commodity and currency trading 
department at Mars Inc’s UK 
subsidiary.

Previous appointments: 
Leslie’s extensive prior experience 
includes working at Lloyds 
Bank and Merrill Lynch where 
she was Director and Head of 
Corporate Foreign Exchange Sales 
worldwide.

Previous appointments: 
Steve qualifi ed as a Chartered 
Accountant in 1994 and gained 15 
years of audit experience within 
public practice before joining 
Record.

Current external 
appointments: 
Neil is Chairman of the Board 
of The Institute of Economic 
Aff  airs and a director of IEA 
Forum Limited, Chairman of The 
Global Warming Policy Forum 
and a director of Aims of Industry 
Limited, Oxford Festival of the 
Arts, Circular Wave Limited, 
Restore Trust Ltd and The Pharos 
Foundation.

Skills and experience: 
With almost 40 years of 
experience in fi nancial services, 
Neil remains integral to the 
development of the business 
strategy. As Chairman he is a 
strong fi gurehead, well-known 
and well-respected within the 
fi eld of currency management and 
as such is an asset to the Board.

Neil is the author of numerous 
books and articles on currency 
and other risk management topics.

Current external 
appointments: 
Leslie is a director of Trade 
Record Ltd and a Trustee of 
FINHUMF Charity.

Current external 
appointments: 
Steve has no other appointments 
outside of the Record Group.

Skills and experience: 
Having worked at Record for 
30 years, Leslie has a deep 
understanding of Record’s 
products and the needs of clients. 
As Head of the Client Team she 
was instrumental in driving the 
client-focused culture of the 
business and helped to maintain 
existing and develop new client 
relationships. Leslie is therefore 
very well placed to provide a 
client perspective during Board 
discussions. 

This extensive experience means 
that, as CEO, Leslie is ideally 
suited to leading Record and 
in driving the delivery of the 
Board’s strategy.

Skills and experience: 
Steve joined Record in October 
2003 and led Record’s Finance 
team for over nine years, reporting 
directly to the Chief Financial 
Offi  cer. He was part of the internal 
management team at Record 
involved in the preparation 
for admission to trading on 
the London Stock Exchange in 
December 2007.

With his ICAEW FCA qualifi cation 
and over 30 years’ experience, 
including almost 20 years within 
fi nancial services, Steve brings 
considerable accounting, fi nancial 
and risk management expertise to 
the Board.

David Morrison
Independent Non-executive 
Director and Chair-elect

Appointed: 
David was appointed as 
Non-executive Director 
and Chair-elect of Record in 
March 2023.

Previous appointments: 
Previously, David served on the 
boards of several private and 
public companies, including 
PayPoint plc and Venture 
Production plc. More recently, 
he was Chairman of Be Heard plc. 
He also served as a Non-executive 
Director of Record in the period 
from 2009 to 2018, including as 
Senior Independent Director from 
2016 until 2018.

Current external 
appointments: 
David is currently Chairman of 
CPP Group plc and eConsult Health 
Ltd and Trustee and Member of 
the Council of Management of the 
Ditchley Foundation.

Skills and experience: 
Having spent his career in venture 
capital, David was founder (1998) 
and Chief Executive of Prospect 
Investment Management, 
providing venture capital 
investment services to various 
institutional and family offi  ce 
clients. With a deep understanding 
of the business from his previous 
non-executive experience and 
his extensive fi nancial expertise, 
David is ideally positioned for the 
role.

 N

 N  R

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

59

Board of Directors

Tim Edwards
Senior Independent Director

Matt Hotson
Independent Non-executive 
Director

Krystyna Nowak
Independent Non-executive 
Director

Appointed: 
Tim was appointed as a 
Non-executive Director of Record 
in March 2018 and as Senior 
Independent Director in July 2021.

Appointed: 
Matt was appointed as an 
independent Non-executive 
Director of Record in July 2021.

Appointed: 
Krystyna was appointed as an 
independent Non-executive 
Director in September 2021.

 A Audit Committee

 N Nomination Committee

 R Remuneration 
Committee

Chair

Previous appointments: 
Previously, Tim was a member of 
the governing Board of Innovate 
UK, the UK’s innovation agency, 
Chair of the UK Cell and Gene 
Therapy Catapult and Chair of the 
UK BioIndustry Association.

Previous appointments: 
Matt’s experience spans core 
fi nance, strategy, investor 
relations and business leadership 
gained from Arrow Global Finance 
plc, RSA Insurance Group plc, 
Cable and Wireless plc and Legal 
and General Group plc.

Previous appointments: 
Previously, Krystyna was a 
Managing Director of Norman 
Broadbent and prior to this 
worked at Citigroup in a variety 
of senior roles across shipping 
fi nance, oil project fi nance and risk 
management, in Europe and Asia.

Current external 
appointments: 
Matt is Group CFO of Mishcon de 
Reya LLP.

Current external 
appointments: 
Krystyna is Senior Managing 
Director of the Teneo People 
Advisory Board Practice and is 
Senior Independent Director of 
abrdn Asian Income Fund Ltd.

Current external 
appointments: 
Tim is a biotech entrepreneur, who 
is currently Chair of Schroders 
Capital Global Innovation Trust 
plc EndLyz UK Limited, Karus 
Therapeutics Limited and Storm 
Therapeutics Limited, and a 
Non-executive Director of 
AstronauTX Limited. Tim is also 
Chair of the Institute for Research 
in Schools Ltd.

Skills and experience: 
Tim is a Chartered Accountant 
(FCA) with a background in 
corporate fi nance and venture 
investing, and he has extensive 
corporate development and 
people management experience. 
Tim adds insight to Board 
discussions ensuring that the 
Board continues to focus on mid to 
long-term value development.

Skills and experience: 
Matt is a highly experienced 
fi nance professional, having 
worked for more than 25 years 
at leading FTSE 100 companies. 
He has a proven track record in 
leading fi nance strategy, business 
improvement, and fi nancial 
control for large listed companies. 
He is currently studying for a PhD 
in Digital Economics.

Skills and experience: 
Krystyna has a wealth of City 
experience, both in banking 
and in executive search. She 
has an expertise in succession 
planning and Board composition 
having worked as a director for 
a specialist board-level search 
boutique. Krystyna is a graduate 
from Oxford University where she 
studied Physics and gained a Law 
Degree in 2003.

 A

 N  R

 A

 N  R

 A  N

 R

 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Corporate governance report

Company purpose
Our purpose is to continue to harness trends and innovate 
by collaborating with our clients, with the aim of achieving 
diverse partnerships of financial specialists – creating 
unique, opportunistic, sustainable solutions.

Corporate culture
Since its inception in 1983, the Group has consistently placed 
the interests and needs of its clients at the forefront of 
everything that it does, and this culture is deeply embedded 
throughout the business. The Board has worked tirelessly 
to ensure that the significance of client focus, diligence, 
transparency, accountability and probity is communicated to 
all employees, contractors and consultants across the Group. 
The wellbeing of employees has also been a key area of 
focus, with ongoing efforts to support colleagues. This year, 
the Company expanded its office spaces to create a more 
collaborative and inclusive environment for employees and 
instigated core office working days. The Board of Directors 
understands the importance of maintaining a strong 
corporate culture within the business, and is committed 
to ensuring that this value is instilled at every level of the 
organisation.

Board and corporate governance changes
This year saw important changes to the composition of the 
Board. Neil Record, our long-serving Chairman and founder 
of the Company, decided to retire from the Board. We are 
delighted that David Morrison will succeed Neil; David being 
a former Non-executive Director who served on the Record 
Board from 2009 until 2018. His deep knowledge of the 
business and strong leadership skills make him the ideal 
candidate for the role of the Chair of the Board.

There have also been minor changes in the corporate 
governance structure with the establishment of the 
Investment of Record plc Capital Committee (“ICC”), 
which is responsible for assessing and approving proposed 
investments of plc capital, taking into account the 
objectives of product diversification and the development 
of investment talent.

The Board is committed to ensuring the long-term 
sustainability of the business, not only from an investment 
perspective but also from the perspective of the entire 
organisation. While a Senior Sustainability Office has already 
been formally approved as a committee of the regulated 
subsidiary Record Currency Management Limited (“RCML”), 
sustainability has been a recurring item on the agenda 
at Record plc Board meetings, with regular reports from 
the Sustainability Manager on the committee’s activities. 
To reflect the need for strategic oversight of high-level 
sustainability activities that require management at the 
Group level, a proposal to make the Senior Sustainability 
Office a Group Executive Committee was approved at the 
April Board meeting. Additionally, the HR Committee will 
become a Group committee due to the Group’s expansion 
and increasing number of employees worldwide.

Record Asset Management GmbH (“RAM”), a subsidiary of 
Record Group based in Germany, was awarded a BaFin licence 
in August 2022, leading to the implementation of a set of 
formal corporate governance arrangements, including the 
establishment of a Board of Directors. The Board held its 
inaugural meeting in March 2023, during which it approved all 
policies, procedures and functions necessary to ensure the 
business operates smoothly, effectively and efficiently while 
complying with all relevant laws and regulations.

Further information on the corporate governance framework 
is provided on pages 65 and 66.

Compliance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code
Throughout the year, the Company has applied the main 
principles and provisions of the Code as deemed appropriate 
to the Group. 

Section 172 disclosure
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires Directors 
to promote the success of the Company for the benefit of 
the members as a whole and in doing so to have regard to 
the interests of stakeholders, including clients, employees, 
suppliers, regulators and the wider society in which it 
operates. Details of how the Board engaged with Record’s 
various stakeholders are shown on pages 37 to 39. 

Corporate governance overview
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
(the “Code”)
The Board is supportive of the principles of the Code and has 
been since its Admission to the Official List of the UK Listing 
Authority in December 2007, with the Board complying as it 
deems appropriate given the nature and size of the business. 

The latest version of the Code was published in July 2018 
and is applicable to accounting periods beginning on or after 
1 January 2019. 

Copies of the Code can be obtained from the FRC’s website at 
www.frc.org.uk. 

Listed companies are required under the Financial Conduct 
Authority Listing Rules either to comply with the provisions 
of the Code or explain to investors in their next Annual Report 
why they have not done so.

The Board has reviewed the appropriateness of the 
provisions to determine whether they should be applied 
or if departure is justified. All provisions of the Code have 
been applied as necessary as part of Record’s corporate 
governance framework except for the following:

Provision 9 of the Code recommends that the chair should 
be independent on appointment. Neil Record was deemed 
to be a controlling shareholder until March 2023 and so was 
not independent on appointment. However, the Board is of 
the opinion that the potential issue of non-independence 
is outweighed by the attributes of leadership and guidance 
that Neil brings to the role and as Neil has announced his 
retirement from the Board at the upcoming AGM in 2023, 
there is no longer an issue.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

61

Corporate governance report

Provision 19 of the Code recommends that the chair should 
not remain in post beyond nine years from the date of 
first appointment to the Board. Neil Record founded the 
Record Group in 1983 and led the business until its IPO in 
December 2007. At the time of the IPO it was agreed Neil 
was best placed to continue to chair the business, a role 
he has undertaken ever since. Neil is well-known and well 
respected within the field of currency management and 
his long-established involvement with the business, his 
ideas and character have built the business to what it is 
today. This is no longer an issue with Neil’s retirement and 
the imminent appointment of a new Chair. The Board will 
therefore be fully compliant with both Provisions 9 and 19.

Provision 21 of the Code recommends that the chair should 
consider having a regular externally facilitated board 
evaluation. In FTSE 350 companies this should happen at 
least every three years. As a non-FTSE 350 company the 
triennial requirement for an external assessment does 
not apply to Record plc, although an externally facilitated 
workshop was carried out in 2021. Details of the evaluation 
process previously conducted were provided in the Annual 
Report and Accounts 2021.

Board structure
Board composition
The Record plc Board consists of seven members and 
is headed by Neil Record (Chairman), with the Executive 
Directors Leslie Hill (Chief Executive Officer) and Steve 
Cullen (Chief Financial Officer). There are currently four 
Non-executive Directors: Tim Edwards, being the Senior 
Independent Director, Krystyna Nowak, Matt Hotson and 
David Morrison. The biographical details of the Board 
members are set out on pages 58 and 59. 

In July 2023 Neil Record will retire from the Board and he will 
be succeeded by David Morrison who was appointed as a 
Non-executive Director and Chair-elect in March 2023.

Code provision
The Code recommends that at least half the Board, excluding 
the chair, should be non-executive directors whom the 
Board considers to be independent and the Board’s structure 
complies with this provision. The Board considers that 
the current composition is appropriate given the size and 
structure of the business.

The division of responsibilities between the Chairman and 
the Chief Executive Officer is clearly established, set out in 
writing and agreed by the Board.

Board responsibilities 
The Board has a schedule of matters specifically 
reserved for its decision and approval, which 
includes, but is not limited to:

•  determining the Group’s long-term strategy 

and objectives;

•  authorising significant capital expenditure;
•  approving the Group’s annual and interim 
reports and preliminary announcements;

•  the setting of interim and special dividends and 
recommendation of final dividend payments;
•  ensuring the effectiveness of internal controls 

and the risk management framework;
•  the authorisation of Directors’ conflicts or 

possible conflicts of interest;

•  communication with shareholders and the 

stock market; and

•  overseeing the Group Company policies, such as 
Code of Ethics, Anti-bribery and Corruption, Anti-
Money Laundering, Conflicts of Interest, Supplier 
Code of Conduct, Inclusion and Diversity (both 
for the Board and Group-wide), Remuneration 
policy, Whistleblowing and others.

Chairman 
The Chairman is responsible for leadership of the Board. He is also 
responsible for overseeing the activities of the Chief Executive Officer 
and providing advice, guidance and support to the executive team. 
He works with the Board to develop Group strategy and support its 
implementation. The Chairman is a principal ambassador of Record 
and a guardian of the Group’s ethos and values.

Chief Executive Officer
The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for the executive 
management of the Group with focus on profitable business 
growth while acting in the interests of all stakeholders – clients, 
shareholders, employees and industry regulators – and upholding 
the core values of Record. Her statement on FY-23 and the outlook 
for the Group can be found on pages 8 and 9. 

Chief Financial Officer
The Chief Financial Officer is responsible for the finance function, the 
financial management and control of the business, and for developing 
and delivering appropriate internal and external financial reporting. 
His financial review for FY-23 can be found on pages 44 to 48.

Senior Independent Director 
The Senior Independent Director’s role is to act as a sounding board for the Chairman, oversee the evaluation of the 
Chairman’s performance (see page 64) and serve as an intermediary for the other Directors if necessary. He is also 
available as an additional point of contact for shareholders and other stakeholders should they wish to raise matters 
with him rather than the Chairman or the Chief Executive Officer.

Non-executive Directors 
The Non-executive Directors are responsible for upholding high standards of integrity and probity, providing constructive 
challenge and helping to develop proposals on strategy.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
62 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Corporate governance report continued

Board structure continued
Independence of the Non-executive Directors
In determining the independence of Non-executive Directors, 
the Board has taken into consideration the guidance provided 
by the Code. The Board considers Matt Hotson, Krystyna 
Nowak, Tim Edwards and David Morrison to be independent 
at the current time. Neil Record is a Non-executive Chairman, 
although he is not considered to be independent.

Director appointments and time commitment
The rules providing for the appointment, election, re-election 
and the removal of Directors are contained in the Company’s 
Articles of Association.

The Company’s Articles of Association were revised in 
2020 to align with the UK Corporate Governance Code 
July 2018, current legislation and market practice and were 
subsequently approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM. 
Under the Articles, all Directors are subject to annual election 
or re-election by shareholders and all of the Directors will 
stand for election or re-election at the 2023 AGM, with the 
exception of Neil Record.

The Board has agreed that all Directors standing for election 
or re-election continue to make a valuable contribution to 
the Board’s deliberations and recommends their election 
or re-election. As required by the UK Listing Rules, the 
appointment of independent directors must be approved by a 
simple majority of all shareholders and by a simple majority 
of the independent shareholders. Further details are set out 
in the 2023 Notice of AGM.

Non-executive Directors’ letters of appointment stipulate 
that they are expected to commit sufficient time to discharge 
their duties. Non-executive Directors are required to notify 
the Chairman before taking on any additional appointments. 
David Morrison, upon joining the Board, disclosed his 
additional responsibilities and the Board was satisfied that 
he can effectively fulfil his duties as Chairman. Details of 
other roles held by the Non-executive Directors are set out in 
their biographies on pages 58 and 59. The Board is satisfied 
that all Directors continue to be effective and demonstrate 
commitment to their respective roles.

The Executive Directors work full time exclusively for the 
Record Group and have no other significant commitments 
outside the Company. Neil Record, the Non-executive 
Chairman, works part time.

Details of Executive Directors’ service contracts, termination 
arrangements and Non-executive Directors’ letters of 
appointment are included in the Remuneration report on 
page 81.

Board member diversity
The Board has approved a policy for ensuring Board member 
inclusion and diversity and has delegated the responsibility 
for addressing Board diversity to the Nomination Committee. 
The Nomination Committee reviews Board composition in the 
context of diversity and reports its recommendations to the 
Board to ensure diversity is achieved.

The Board recognises that diversity in its broadest sense 
is crucial for driving effectiveness and includes different 
perspectives, experiences, backgrounds, psychological types 
and personal attributes. Gender diversity is considered a 
significant aspect of diversity, and the Board acknowledges 
that women with the right skills and experience can bring 
a unique perspective to the boardroom. The Group’s Board 
Inclusion and Diversity Policy aims to ensure that women 
represent at least one-third of the Board. Although the 
representation of women fell to 28% with the appointment of 
David Morrison, this will be rectified when Neil Record retires 
from the Board at the 2023 AGM.

The Board’s opinion is that the current composition of 
members comprises a good mixture of skills, experience, 
knowledge and backgrounds and is therefore appropriate for 
the business at the present time. Future Director succession 
planning will take into account the benefits of diversity, 
including gender diversity, as set out in the Group’s Board 
Inclusion and Diversity Policy. Diversity in the workplace is 
described on page 31.

Board activity
Board focus and decision-making
The regular scheduled Board meetings have a set, 
strategically focused agenda and Board members are invited 
in advance of each meeting to add any additional issues they 
wish to be addressed.

Material circulated in advance of the meetings has included:

•  minutes of the previous Board meetings;
•  CEO report;
•  subsidiary company reports;
•  management information pack;
•  KPI data pack;
•  investment performance report;
•  IT strategy and systems report;
•  compliance report;
•  risk management report;
•  HR report;
•  sustainability report; and
•  governance report.

Updates from the respective Chairs of the Nomination 
Committee, Remuneration Committee and Audit Committee 
are provided at each meeting.

The Board discussed progress against strategy, focusing 
on product diversification, technology modernisation and 
succession planning on an ongoing basis. In addition, the 
Board also discussed global regulatory developments and 
the conflict between Russia and Ukraine.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

63

Corporate governance report continued

During the year, the Board focused on the key matters detailed below:

Key matters considered by the Board in the year ended 31 March 2023

June 2022

July 2022

September 2022

November 2022

February 2023

•  Annual Report and Accounts, including going concern and viability statement
•  Dividend review and approval
•  Risk and compliance
•  Geopolitical situation
•  Climate and sustainability 

•  Strategy
•  Culture
•  Focus on Record Digital Asset Ventures 

•  Managing continuous change
•  Investment of Record’s capital
•  Sustainability Board training 

•  Interim Report and Accounts, including going concern review
•  Dividend review and approval
•  Recent investment performance
•  Talent and organisational development
•  Shareholder value
•  Company finances

•  Strategy
•  Risk and compliance, including Group Financial Crime review
•  Approval of new PDMRs and Insider lists
•  Third-party products framework
•  New subsidiary approval
•  Capital Markets event

The meeting scheduled for March 2023 was postponed until April 2023.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
64 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Corporate governance report continued

Board activity continued
Meeting frequency and attendance
The Board met fi ve times between 1 April 2022 and 
31 March 2023 (the scheduled meeting in March 2023 was 
postponed to April 2023) to review fi nancial performance and 
to follow the schedule of matters reserved for its decision 
and approval. Comprehensive Board papers, comprising 
an agenda and formal reports and briefi ng documents, are 
sent to Directors in advance of each meeting. Directors 
are regularly informed by senior executives and external 
advisers on the Group’s aff  airs, including commercial, 
regulatory, legal, corporate governance and other relevant 
matters.

Appropriate and timely notice is given of all Board meetings 
and all Directors receive information in advance so that if 
they are unable to attend, their input can be tabled and taken 
into consideration. The Board has regular off  site strategy 
meetings and additional meetings as required to address 
specifi c issues.

Board eff  ectiveness
Board induction and training
New Directors appointed to the Board receive advice as 
to the legal obligations arising from the role of a director 
of a UK-listed company as part of a tailored induction 
programme. Following the appointment of David Morrison in 
March, a comprehensive and tailored induction programme 
was provided and is ongoing. This induction includes 
briefi ngs with the Chairman, Executive Directors and senior 
management to help him familiarise himself with his duties 
and the Group’s culture and values, strategy, business model, 
operations, risk and governance arrangements.

The Company Secretary, under the direction of the Chairman, 
is responsible for maintaining an adequate continuing 
education programme, reminding the Directors of their duties 
and obligations on a regular basis, ensuring good information 
fl  ow between the Board, its Committees and management 
and assisting with Directors’ continuing professional 
development needs.

Any concerns raised by Directors which are not resolved are 
recorded in the Board minutes. No such matters were noted 
during the year ended 31 March 2023.

All Directors have access to independent professional advice, 
when required, at the Company’s expense as well as to the 
advice and services of the Company Secretary. 

Directors are expected to attend all meetings of the Board. 
Details of Board meeting attendance are included in the 
table below:

Meetings in the year: 5

Neil Record

Leslie Hill

Steve Cullen 

Tim Edwards

Matt Hotson

Krystyna Nowak

David Morrison

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

5/5

0

David Morrison did not attend any meetings due to his 
appointment in March 2023.

The Non-executive Directors met without the Executive 
Directors on several occasions throughout the year, prior to 
scheduled meetings.

Board performance evaluation
The Board is required by the Code to undertake an annual 
evaluation of its performance. The Code states that “There 
should be a formal and rigorous annual evaluation of the 
performance of the Board, its Committees, the Chair and 
individual Directors”.

The Code recommends that evaluation of the Board of FTSE 
350 companies should be externally facilitated at least every 
three years. 

The last externally facilitated Board eff  ectiveness workshop 
was conducted in March 2021 and further details were 
provided in the Nomination Committee report of the Annual 
Report and Accounts 2021. This year Record decided to 
undertake an internal Board and Committee evaluation by 
using a questionnaire tailored to the specifi cs of the Company 
and its business. The main topics explored in the Board 
evaluation were the following: Board Structure, Information, 
Objectives, Strategy and Remit, Board Committees, Board 
Dynamics.

Individual appraisal of each Director’s performance is 
undertaken by the Chief Executive Offi  cer and the Chairman. 
The Senior Independent Director conducts an annual 
appraisal of the performance of the Chairman with input 
from the other Board members. The outcome of these 
appraisals in 2023 was positive and all roles were considered 
to be undertaken eff  ectively.

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

65

Corporate governance report continued

Corporate governance framework
The Board has established a framework of committees and sub-committees to ensure robust corporate governance practices 
throughout the business. The Board is confi dent that this structure is appropriate and that the delegation of responsibilities 
allows the business to operate in a structured manner and to respond rapidly when issues arise.

The diagram below gives an overview of the Group’s core governance framework.

Record plc Board

Record Currency Management Limited Board

Board Committees

Operational Committees

Nomination

Remuneration

Audit

Investment

Portfolio Management Group

HR

Sustainability

Record plc – Board Committees
The Board has established three Board Committees and 
delegated authority to each Committee to enable it to 
execute its duties appropriately. The annual reports of the 
three Committees provide a statement of each Committee’s 
activities in the year with a separate report from:

•  Nomination Committee – report set out on pages 67 to 69;
•  Audit Committee – report set out on pages 70 to 75; and 
•  Remuneration Committee – report set out on pages 76 

to 91.

The Record plc Board Committees operate on written terms 
of reference, which are reviewed annually and which are 
available on the Group’s website or on request from the 
Company Secretary at the registered offi  ce address. The 
Chair of each Committee reports regularly to the Board.

The work undertaken by the Nomination, Audit and 
Remuneration Committees was reviewed by the respective 
Committee Chair to assess each Committee’s eff  ectiveness 
during the year. The reviews concluded that the Committees 
were operating in an eff  ective manner and no concerns were 
raised and these conclusions were reported to the Board 
accordingly.

Record Currency Management Limited – 
Operational Committees
The subsidiary Board has fi ve Committees responsible for 
operational oversight and decision-making as follows:

Investment Committee
Role: The Board has delegated the responsibility for 
authorising changes to existing investment processes and 
for approving new investment strategies to the Investment 
Committee. The Committee delegated its responsibilities 
for oversight and management of all aspects of client 
counterparty credit risk and associated policies to the Credit 
Risk Committee and day-to-day investment decision-making 
to the Investment Management Groups.

Members: The Committee consists of the Chief Investment 
Offi  cer, the Chief Executive Offi  cer, the Group Chairman, 
the Head of FX Risk Management Solutions, the Director of 
Enhanced Passive and Rates and the Head of Macro Research.

Meetings: The Committee meets as necessary, responding 
both to internal developments and external events. 

Reporting: Reports on the activities of the Committee 
are presented at each formal Record plc and RCML Board 
meeting for review and comment.

Portfolio Management Group
Role: The Group is responsible for client take-on, new and 
amended products/service operational approval, business as 
usual operational activities and operational incidents, errors 
and breaches. 

Members: The Chief Operations Offi  cer, the Head of Client 
Onboarding, the Head of FX Risk Management Solutions, the 
Head of Portfolio Implementation, the Head of Reporting, 
the Head of Front Offi  ce Risk Management and the Head of 
Trading.

Meetings: The Group meets at least once a week and as 
necessary in response to individual or specifi c events 
requiring review. 

Reporting: Reports on the activities of the Group are 
presented to the RCML Board meeting for review and 
comment.

 
 
 
 
66 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Corporate governance report continued

Corporate governance framework continued
Record Currency Management Limited – 
Operational Committees continued
HR Committee
Role: The Committee is responsible for the development 
and review of the Group Human Resources strategy, 
approach to the systems for performance management, 
staff remuneration and benefits, training and development 
and ensures rigorous and transparent employment policies, 
procedures and systems are in place and kept under review.

Members: The Chief Executive Officer, the Head of HR, the HR 
Director and the Global Head of Sales.

Meetings: The Committee meets at least once a month and 
as necessary in response to individual or specific events 
requiring review.

Reporting: Reports on the activities of the Committee 
are presented to the RCML Board meeting for review and 
comment and to the Record plc Board meeting.

Senior Sustainability Office (“SSO”)
Role: The SSO is responsible for delivering on Record’s 
commitment to be a sustainability leader and in ensuring 
Group efforts are strategically aligned with the principles of 
sustainability and that environmental, social and governance 
principles are embedded in Group decision-making 
processes.

Members: The Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Investment 
Officer, the Global Head of Sales, the Head of Trading, 
the Head of Macro Research, the Head of HR and the 
Sustainability Manager.

Meetings: The Office meets bi-monthly and as necessary in 
response to individual or specific events requiring review.

Reporting: Reports on the activities of the SSO are presented 
to the RCML Board meeting for review and comment and to 
the Record plc Board meeting. 

Internal control and risk management
The Board has overall responsibility for the Group’s systems 
of internal control and the management of significant risks. 
The Board sets appropriate policies on internal control, which 
are reviewed annually. The authority for the operational risk 
management is delegated to the RCML Board.

The Board seeks ongoing assurance from the RCML Board, 
the Head of Business Risk, the Head of Compliance and 
senior management about the effectiveness of the internal 
controls, which include operational and compliance controls, 
risk management and the Group’s high-level internal control 
arrangements. Such a system of internal controls is designed 
to manage, rather than eliminate, risk of failure to meet 
business objectives and can only provide reasonable and not 
absolute assurance against material misstatements or loss.

Further information on the Group’s risk management 
framework is provided on pages 49 to 53 of the Strategic 
report.

The Record plc Board has undertaken a review of the 
effectiveness of internal controls for the year ended 
31 March 2023 and is satisfied that the internal control 
environment is appropriate (see “Internal controls and risk 
management” on page 74).

Approved by the Board and signed on its behalf by:

Kevin Ayles
Company Secretary

29 June 2023

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

67

Nomination Committee report

S
T
R
A
T
E
G

I

C
R
E
P
O
R
T

G
O
V
E
R
N
A
N
C
E

F
I

N
A
N
C

I

A
L
S
T
A
T
E
M
E
N
T
S

A
D
D

I

T

I

O
N
A
L
I

N
F
O
R
M
A
T

I

O
N

During this year, the 
Nomination Committee’s 
primary focus was to 
implement a succession 
plan for the Chair of the 
Board, in light of Neil 
Record’s retirement 
decision at the 2023 
AGM. I am confi  dent that 
in David Morrison we 
have selected the best 
candidate for the role.

Krystyna Nowak
Chair of the Nomination Committee

Role of the Committee
The Nomination Committee is responsible for 
ensuring that the Board and senior management 
possess the appropriate skills and expertise 
necessary to facilitate the Company’s growth, 
sustain competition in its markets, and manage 
risks eff  ectively and effi  ciently.

The Committee serves both Record plc and the 
Group’s FCA regulated entity, Record Currency 
Management Limited.

Committee meeting attendance

Krystyna Nowak

Matt Hotson

Tim Edwards

Neil Record

David Morrison

7/7

7/7

7/7

7/7

0

David Morrison did not attend any Committee 
meetings due to his appointment being in 
March 2023.

 
 
 
 
68 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Nomination Committee report continued

I am pleased to present the Nomination Committee report for 
the year ended 31 March 2023. This will be my second report 
as Chair of the Nomination Committee since I joined the 
Record plc Board in September 2021. 

Key responsibilities
The key responsibilities of the Committee are to:

•  review the structure, size and composition of the Board 
and Committees including the diversity and balance of 
skills and experience;

•  consider succession planning for Directors and other 

senior management;

•  identify and nominate for the approval of the Board 

candidates to fill Board vacancies; and

•  review annually the time commitment required of 

Non-executive Directors.

Membership of the Committee
I chair the Committee and am supported by the other 
independent Directors, Matt Hotson, Tim Edwards, newly 
appointed David Morrison and the Group Chairman, Neil 
Record, until his retirement at the AGM 2023.

Committee meetings
The Committee met on seven occasions during the year 
ended 31 March 2023 and invited the Chief Executive Officer 
and the Head of Human Resources and Company Secretary to 
join the meetings as the Committee considered appropriate. 
Committee member meeting attendance is detailed above.

The Chair of the Nomination Committee reported regularly to 
the Board on the Committee’s activities, identifying matters 
where any action was deemed to be required and making 
recommendations as considered appropriate.

Key areas of focus
Chair succession planning
With the forthcoming retirement of the Company’s founder, 
Neil Record, as Chairman, the Committee has worked with the 
Board to select a successor and we are pleased that David 
Morrison has joined us as Chair-elect, to assume the role of 
independent non-executive Chairman from the AGM in July.

The Committee selected a pool of potential candidates as 
part of the recruitment process and each candidate was 
evaluated based on their skills and experience of leading a 
successful business and a diverse team. 

Gender 

Men

Women

Ethnic group

David was the standout candidate, with extensive experience 
and a proven track record of leading companies through 
periods of growth and change. David previously served as 
an independent Non-executive Director at Record, which has 
given him a background understanding of the Company which 
is very additive. 

Board composition and succession plans
The Committee is committed to ensuring that the Board 
has the necessary skills and expertise to facilitate the 
Group’s growth plans, which involve diversifying products, 
investing in technology, and implementing robust succession 
plans. Leslie Hill, Group CEO, is focused on the delivery of 
the Group’s three-year plan. The opportunity to lead the 
subsidiary company, Record Currency Management, has 
arisen, allowing Jan Witte to assume the role of CEO. This 
appointment will enable him to effectively manage and 
expand the subsidiary business.

Board diversity and newly introduced Listing Rules
The Group’s Board Inclusion and Diversity Policy was last 
reviewed by the Committee in April 2022 and was updated 
to ensure that the Board was championing inclusion and 
diversity through a clear tone from the top and that it 
aligns with the many inclusion and diversity initiatives for 
the broader staff group. The policy outlines the Board’s 
commitment to strive towards having a minimum of 
one-third of women on the Board, a goal that has been 
upheld for several years.

The new Listing Rule requirements detail three targets for 
the Board: that 40% of the individuals on the Board are 
women; that at least one senior Board position is held by a 
woman; and that at least one individual on the Board is from 
a minority ethnic background.

As of 31 March 2023, 29% of our Board are women, which will 
increase to 33% on Neil Record’s retirement in July. This fulfils 
the targets established in the Group’s Board Inclusion and 
Diversity Policy. We have a female CEO, Leslie Hill. None of 
our Board members are from a minority ethnic background.

The approaches to the data collection for the purpose of this 
disclosure were the following:

•  Self-identification: the Board Directors were given the 
opportunity to self-identify their gender and ethnic 
diversity through a diversity questionnaire.

•  HR records: the data on gender was collected through 

HR records.

Number of 
Board members

Percentage
 of the Board

Number of 
senior positions
on the Board
(CEO, CFO, SID 
and Chair)

Number in
executive
management

Percentage
of executive
management

5

2

7

—

71.4

28.6

100

—

3

1

4

—

4

2

6

—

66.7

33.3

100

—

White British or other White (including minority-white groups)

Mixed/Multiple ethnic groups

Note – Executive management includes the Record Currency Management Limited Board members.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

69

Nomination Committee report continued

Board gender

Board tenure
As at year end

Female
28.6%

Male
71.4%

>6 years
42.9%

0-6 years
57.1%

The Board believes that an inclusive culture and one that 
supports diversity is essential to the long-term success 
of the business. We are fully committed to a diverse Board 
which benefits from different skills, experience, background, 
gender and ethnicity. We believe that the current Board 
has the skills and diversity to discharge its duties and 
responsibilities effectively.

Being a company with a well-established corporate 
governance structure and small size, we do not believe that 
we will gain any benefit from appointing additional Directors. 
The Committee has committed to regularly reviewing the 
Board’s composition and the Board will make efforts to 
achieve the necessary diversity objectives at the earliest 
possible opportunity. 

The Committee is working on succession plans, covering 
different time frames, including contingency planning, 
medium-term planning for the orderly replacement 
of current Board members and senior executives, and 
long-term planning that aligns with the Company’s 
strategy and objectives.

The Board is satisfied that the Group’s Board Inclusion and 
Diversity Policy is applied to its Remuneration, Audit and 
Nomination Committees and it covers aspects such as 
ethnicity, sexual orientation, disability and socio-economic 
background (in addition to the aspects of age, gender or 
educational and professional backgrounds).

Tenure and effectiveness of the Chairman
According to the UK Corporate Governance Code, it is 
recommended that the Chair of a company’s Board should 
step down from their position after serving for a maximum 
of nine years since their appointment. The Committee is 
aware that Neil Record has held this position since Record’s 
IPO in 2007, but as Neil has announced his retirement from 
the Board at the upcoming AGM in 2023, there is no longer a 
non-compliance issue.

Performance of the Directors and the Board
As per the UK Corporate Governance Code, it is required for 
the Board to conduct a yearly evaluation to assess their 
performance. Additionally, FTSE 350 companies are advised 
to undertake an external evaluation once every three years. 
Although Record is not a part of this index, an external 
evaluation workshop was conducted in 2021. In 2023, the 
Committee opted for a self-assessment questionnaire 
to evaluate the Board’s performance. The questionnaire 
covered various topics such as Board structure, information, 
objectives, strategy, remit, Board Committees and Board 
dynamics. The Committee was content with the results of the 
evaluation and also identified certain areas for improvement.

Looking forward
The Committee’s primary concern is to continue to plan 
for the future leadership of the Company and to ensure 
that there is strong talent for senior positions. Leslie Hill 
continues to lead the Group’s strategy, and during this 
time, the Committee will concentrate on planning for a 
smooth and seamless handover of the CEO position at the 
appropriate time.

Approved by the Committee and signed on its behalf by:

Krystyna Nowak
Chair of the Nomination Committee

29 June 2023

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
70 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Audit Committee report

I am pleased to confi  rm 
the Committee has 
continued to be central 
to the oversight of 
the Group’s fi  nancial 
reporting, control and 
assurance processes 
and internal and 
external audit.

Matt Hotson
Chair of the Audit Committee

Role of the Committee
The role of the Audit Committee is to encourage 
and safeguard a high standard of integrity in 
fi nancial reporting having regard to laws and 
regulations applicable to the Group and the 
provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code.

The Committee serves both Record plc and the 
Group’s FCA regulated entity, Record Currency 
Management Limited (“RCML”). 

Committee meeting attendance

Tim Edwards

Matt Hotson

Krystyna Nowak

6/6

6/6

5/6

Krystyna Nowak was unable to attend the 
November meeting due to a prior commitment.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

71

Internal audit:

•  reviewing and approving the role, mandate and annual 

internal audit plan of the internal audit function, ensuring 
that the function has the necessary resources and access 
to information to enable it to fulfil its mandate;

•  monitoring and reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s 

internal audit function; and

•  reviewing and monitoring management’s responsiveness 
to the internal auditor’s findings and recommendations.

Financial reporting:

•  monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial 

statements, including the review of this Annual Report and 
any other formal announcements relating to the Group’s 
performance;

•  reviewing any significant financial reporting judgements;
•  reviewing the assumptions and any qualifications made 
in support of the going concern statement and the 
longer-term viability statement; and

•  reviewing the application and consistency of accounting 

policies and accounting standards.

The full terms of reference of the Committee were last 
updated and approved by the Board in April 2023. They 
comply with the UK Corporate Governance Code (the 
“Code”) and are available on the Group’s website or from the 
Company Secretary at the registered office address.

The Chair of the Committee provides regular reports to 
the Board detailing how the Committee has discharged its 
responsibilities as set out in its terms of reference.

Audit Committee report

I am pleased to present the Audit Committee report for the 
year ended 31 March 2023 (“FY-23”). This will be my second 
report since I joined Record in 2021 and I am happy to confirm 
that the Audit Committee proved to be efficient in delivering 
its main purpose to the Board – the oversight of the financial 
reporting process of the Group’s financial performance – 
while remaining focused on continuing improvement of the 
internal control environment. 

Committee duties
In early 2022, the responsibility for supervising both the 
main and developing risks was given to the Board of Record 
plc. This move was beneficial for the Audit Committee as it 
allowed the Committee members to concentrate on crucial 
matters related to financial reporting and internal control 
efficiency during a time when the Group was expanding into 
new business areas.

Under its terms of reference, the Committee is tasked with 
the following:

Internal controls and operational conflicts of interest:

•  monitoring and reviewing the Group’s internal controls; 

and

•  reviewing the Group’s annual statement on its systems 
of internal financial controls prior to endorsement by 
the Board.

Whistleblowing and fraud:

•  overseeing whistleblowing arrangements by which 

staff may raise concerns about possible improprieties in 
financial reporting or other matters; and

•  reviewing the Group’s procedures for detecting fraud 
and investigating and handling allegations from 
whistleblowers and ensuring that arrangements are 
in place by which Group employees may in confidence 
raise concerns about possible improprieties in financial 
reporting and financial controls.

External audit:

•  making recommendations relating to the appointment, 

re-appointment and removal of the external auditor and 
overseeing any tender of external audit services;

•  approving the remuneration and terms of engagement of 

the external auditor;

•  reviewing and monitoring the independence and 
objectivity of the external auditor, and reviewing 
the effectiveness of the audit process, taking into 
consideration relevant UK professional and regulatory 
requirements; and

•  overseeing the provision of any non-audit services by the 

external auditor.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
72 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Audit Committee report continued

Key areas of focus
Change of the internal audit provider
Since 2010, Deloitte has been our partner in supplying 
internal audit services. However, there was a growing sense 
at all levels of the organisation that a new perspective on 
the internal audit process was needed. The Head of Risk 
presented the Committee with various proposals for how 
to approach the third line of defence in managing risks, and 
after considering these proposals, the decision was made to 
appoint RSM UK Risk Assurance Services LLP (“RSM”) as the 
new internal auditor. The Committee selected RSM because 
of their proven diligence and expertise in conducting internal 
controls testing for Record and the strength of their skills 
and expertise to conduct the proposed internal audit plan. 
The Committee is content that the internal audit function has 
sufficient independence to perform its duties effectively and 
efficiently.

Review of the regulatory landscape
Throughout the year, the Committee was updated on new 
developments in the regulatory landscape, including two 
significant changes in IFPR: regulatory risk capital and 
Internal Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment (“ICARA”). 
The Committee reviewed and successfully complied with 
both regulatory requirements, with reports being produced 
and assessed by the Committee before being presented to 
the Board for approval.

Third-party assurance services
RSM was appointed in January 2020 to conduct the Reporting 
Accountant and Independent Service Auditor (ISAE 3402/
AT-C 320) reports on internal controls on an annual basis. 
Their report for 2023 is scheduled to be completed on 30 June 
2023 and reviewed by the Committee at the earliest meeting 
scheduled for July 2023. 

Option valuations
One key finding during the audit was a discrepancy arising in 
the option valuations for the new LTIP scheme linked to the 
use of slightly different methodologies between valuation 
models. Although the valuation difference was not material 
for FY-23, the Committee recognised the importance of 
further aligning the two methodologies to prevent the 
divergence in the accumulated valuation difference over 
time. The valuation methodology was changed to include 
additional measurement points and an amended holding 
period to reflect the recommendations made by the auditor 
and to align the input assumptions with the aim of minimising 
the potential for material findings in the future. Consequently, 
no adjustments to the financial statements were deemed 
necessary.

Software development cycle and capitalisation 
of the expenses
As part of our modernisation strategy, Record carried 
out several major projects, including the creation and 
implementation of the new Record Platform and other 
significant business infrastructure and development 
initiatives. To maintain appropriate control and financial 
reporting standards, both the internal and external audit 
functions focused on various aspects of the software 
development cycle and associated internal controls. The 
Committee oversaw and reviewed both audits to ensure 
that they complemented each other and added value to 
the projects. The internal audit report showed that Record 
had adequate controls, processes and resources in place to 
manage software development projects, but noted that the 
documentation of project roles and responsibilities could be 
improved. The external audit reviewed the capitalisation of 
expenses related to the Record Platform development and 
was satisfied with the results.

Membership of the Committee
The Committee is composed solely of independent 
Non-executive Directors. Matt Hotson was appointed as 
Chair of the Committee in July 2021 and he is supported 
by the other independent Directors: Krystyna Nowak and 
Tim Edwards.

Matt has been deemed by the Board as the most suitable 
independent Director to serve as the Chair of the Audit 
Committee, given his experience in financial services as a 
CFO of different listed companies. The other members of 
the Committee share this view. Tim Edwards is a Chartered 
Accountant (FCA) with a background in corporate finance and 
venture investing and Krystyna Nowak has a wealth of City 
experience in banking. The Board is content that, through 
their experience in other organisations, the Committee 
members have the relevant skills and financial expertise 
needed for the sector in which the Group operates. The 
biographical information of the Committee members is 
available on pages 58 and 59.

The composition of the Committee complies with the Code 
provision for smaller companies requiring at least two 
independent Non-executive Directors throughout the year.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

73

Audit Committee report continued

Committee meetings
The Committee met six times during the year ended 
31 March 2023. The meetings were attended by the Chief 
Executive Officer, the Head of Compliance, the Head of 
Business Risk and the Chief Financial Officer. 

Representatives from BDO LLP attended four meetings 
as the incumbent external auditor. The Deloitte internal 
audit partner attended two meetings and the subsequently 
appointed RSM internal audit partner attended one meeting. 
Minutes of the meetings were documented by the Company 
Secretary and retained on file.

Committee member meeting attendance for the year ended 
31 March 2023 is detailed on page 64.

The Committee also separately met the Group’s external 
auditor on one occasion and the internal auditor on one 
occasion, providing an opportunity for them, privately and 
in confidence, to raise matters of concern. 

The Chair of the Committee reported regularly to the Board 
on the Committee’s activities, identifying any matters on 
which the Committee considered that action was required, 
and made recommendations on the steps to be taken.

Committee Chair meetings
During the year the Chair of the Committee has had 
separate discussions with the key people involved in the 
Company’s governance, including the Board Chairman, the 
Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, the Head 
of Compliance, the Head of Business Risk, the Company 
Secretary and also the external audit partner and the internal 
audit partner to obtain updates and insights into business 
activities.

Committee evaluation
An internal review of Committee effectiveness was overseen 
as part of the Board evaluation process in March 2023. The 
conclusion was that the Committee was effective in carrying 
out its duties.

Committee activities
The Committee has discharged its responsibilities under 
its terms of reference for the period under review by the 
following actions:

•  reviewing the form, content and integrity of financial 
information prior to release, including the Annual and 
Interim Reports;

•  reviewing the content of each of the Interim Management 

Statements for subsequent Board approval;
•  considering the Pillar 3 disclosures prior to their 
recommendation for acceptance by the Board;

•  reviewing the ISAE 3402 internal controls year-end testing 

results;

•  discussion of the regulatory risk capital and Internal 

Capital Adequacy and Risk Assessment (“ICARA”) prior 
to their recommendation for acceptance by the Board;

•  receiving and reviewing internal audit updates and 

reports;

•  evaluating the performance and independence of the 

internal auditor during the engagement period;
•  reviewing the independence of the Group’s external 

auditor and the nature of non-audit services supplied by 
the auditor;

•  reviewing the external auditor’s audit strategy for the 

interim review and the final audit;

•  assessing the external auditor’s concluding report for the 
interim review and the year-end financial statements;
•  evaluating the performance of the external auditor over 

the period; and

•  reviewing and approving the Group whistleblowing policy, 
its appropriateness and whether the relevant procedures 
are efficient. 

Financial reporting
The Committee has thoroughly reviewed the half-year and 
annual results and the Annual Report, before recommending 
them to the Board for approval. 

During the year, the Committee also considered the 
significant financial and regulatory reporting issues and 
judgements made in connection with the financial statements 
and the appropriateness of accounting policies. In particular, 
the Committee considered management reports providing 
assessments of the internal controls environment, future 
cash flows, going concern and ongoing viability, capitalisation 
of the software expenses and option valuations. 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
74 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Audit Committee report continued

Financial reporting continued
The Committee was satisfied that all judgements made by 
management which affect financial reporting have been 
made in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies and 
made a recommendation to the Board that it was appropriate 
for the Group to adopt the going concern basis of accounting 
in preparing the half-year and annual financial statements 
for the year ended 31 March 2023.

The Committee further considered reports from the external 
auditor, in particular its independent assessment of financial 
reporting and key controls, the audit opinion on the Annual 
Report and the independent review report on the half-year 
results.

The Committee is satisfied that the financial reporting control 
framework operated effectively after considering reports 
from both management and the external auditor.

The Committee has reviewed the narrative statements in 
the Annual Report to ensure they are fair, balanced and 
understandable and consistent with the reported results, and 
also reviewed the auditor’s findings report which identified 
no significant issues.

The Committee was satisfied with the content of the 
Annual Report, confirmed there were no significant issues 
or concerns to be addressed and recommended that it be 
approved by the Board.

Internal controls and risk management
The Committee provides an oversight and independent 
challenge to the internal controls of the Group.

In July 2022 the Committee undertook a detailed review of the 
Group’s Controls Assurance report which had been prepared 
in accordance with ISAE 3402. The Committee members 
agreed they were satisfied with the internal controls testing 
conducted and observations and disclosures made in the 
document. 

The Committee has reviewed and evaluated the system of 
internal controls and risk management operated within the 
Group, and is satisfied that the internal control environment 
is appropriate. More information on the Group’s risk 
management framework is given in the Strategic report on 
pages 49 and 50.

Internal audit 
The internal audit function undertakes a programme of 
reviews as approved by the Committee, reporting the 
results together with its advice and recommendations to 
the Committee. The function was provided by Deloitte LLP 
(“Deloitte”) under an outsourcing contract which commenced 
in May 2010 and terminated in July 2022, being replaced by 
RSM. The objectives and responsibilities of internal audit 
are set out in a charter reviewed and approved on an annual 
basis. The charter was last reviewed and approved by the 
Committee in October 2022. RSM reports directly to the 
Committee and the relationship is subject to periodic review.

Jed Turnbull was appointed as the RSM internal audit partner, 
succeeding Russell Davis from Deloitte.

The Committee and the internal auditor have developed a 
planning process to ensure that the audit work performed 
focuses on significant risks. The plans include deep-dive 
thematic and risk-based audits and also high level in-flight 
reviews of specific projects as agreed by the Committee, 
RSM and management. Each review is scoped at the start of 
the audit to ensure an appropriate focus reflecting business 
activities, the market environment and regulatory matters. 
The plans are periodically reviewed to ensure they are 
adapted as necessary to capture changes in the Group’s 
risk profile.

The Committee has received regular reports on the 
programme of reviews and internal audit findings at each of 
its meetings during the course of the year. The Committee 
has reviewed the findings and recommendations made by 
the internal auditor and has aimed to ensure that any issues 
arising are suitably addressed by management in an effective 
and timely manner.

The Committee has reviewed RSM’s work and discussed the 
delivery of internal audit with management and is satisfied 
with the internal audit work conducted and the coverage 
and standard of the reports produced. The Committee has 
monitored whether sufficient and appropriate resources are 
dedicated to the internal audit function and this has been 
reported to and noted by the Board.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

75

Audit Committee report continued

External audit
A tender process was last conducted in 2020, when BDO LLP 
(“BDO”) was approved by shareholders at the AGM as the 
Company’s external auditor. Orla Reilly, who had previously 
worked on the external audit, was appointed as statutory 
auditor in January 2022, succeeding Neil Fung-On. The 
Committee approved BDO’s fees and the terms of the audit 
engagement letter for the year ended 31 March 2023 in 
January 2023.

Non-audit services undertaken by the external auditor
The following permitted non-audit services, pre-approved by 
the Committee and within a pre-determined cost limit, have 
been undertaken by BDO in the year under review:

•  independent auditor report to the FCA on compliance with 

client asset rules; and

•  the interim review work performed on the half-year 

accounts.

Details of the total fees paid to BDO are set out in note 5 
to the accounts. Non-audit fees, excluding audit-related 
assurance services required under law or regulation, 
were equivalent to 4.5% (2022: 7%) of audit fees and were 
therefore within the permitted cap of 70%.

Assessment of external auditor independence
The Committee was satisfied that the quantity and nature 
of non-audit work undertaken during the year did not impair 
BDO’s independence or objectivity and that its appointment 
for these assignments was in the best interests of the Group 
and its shareholders.

The Committee is satisfied that the external auditor has 
maintained its independence and objectivity over the period 
of its engagement. The Company is committed to the regular 
rotation of the external auditor and external audit partners 
and the last tender process was conducted in 2020.

Approved by the Committee and signed on its behalf by:

Matt Hotson
Chair of the Audit Committee

29 June 2023

The Committee has reviewed reports from the external 
auditor on the audit plan (including the proposed materiality 
level for the performance of the annual audit), the status of 
its audit work and issues arising. The Committee discussed 
the findings with the auditor and was satisfied with the 
conclusion reached by the auditor that there was no evidence 
of material misstatements. The Committee has confirmed 
that no material items remained unadjusted in the financial 
statements.

An assessment of the quality and effectiveness of BDO as 
the Group’s external auditor was considered by way of a 
review completed by the Committee with the assistance of 
senior members of the Finance team and with reference to 
the FRC’s practice aid on assessing audit quality, published in 
December 2019. The Committee evaluated the judgements; 
mindset and culture; skills, character, and knowledge; and 
quality control demonstrated by BDO throughout the audit 
process and concluded that BDO had provided a quality 
external audit service which was appropriate for the Group 
given its size and structure.

External auditor independence
Policy on provision of non-audit services by the 
external auditor
During the year the Committee operated a policy covering 
the provision of non-audit services by the external auditor to 
ensure that the ongoing independence and objectivity of the 
external auditor was not compromised. The policy adheres 
to the Financial Reporting Council’s revised Ethical Standard 
issued in December 2019. Under the Ethical Standard the 
aggregate of fees for all non-audit services, excluding 
audit-related assurance services required under regulation, 
may not exceed 70% of the average of the audit fees for the 
preceding three-year period. The Committee considers it 
best practice to adhere to the fee cap on an annual basis and 
monitors fees accordingly.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
76 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Remuneration report

Our remuneration 
policy is designed to 
align the interests of 
our employees and 
executives with those 
of our key stakeholders, 
including our clients, 
shareholders and 
regulators.

Tim Edwards
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

Role of the Committee
The role of the Remuneration Committee is to 
review and approve the remuneration strategies 
of the Group, encompassing the Chair, the 
Executive Directors, and the staff   as a whole. 
The Remuneration Committee also reviews and 
advises on the remuneration policy, ensuring 
that it complies with regulatory requirements, 
it promotes good conduct consistent with sound 
and eff  ective risk management, and is properly 
disclosed to stakeholders.

Committee meeting attendance

Tim Edwards

Matt Hotson

Krystyna Nowak

6/6

6/6

6/6

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

77

Remuneration report

Chair of the Remuneration Committee’s 
statement
Introduction
I am pleased to present our Remuneration report for 
the year ended 31 March 2023. We believe that our 
Remuneration Policy, as approved by shareholders at our 
2022 AGM, remains appropriate and we are focusing on 
the implementation of our policy with no further changes. 
Our report is split into three sections:

•  the Remuneration Policy tables;
•  the annual report on remuneration for 2022-23; and 
•  the role and activity of the Remuneration Committee.

We have not reproduced the full Remuneration Policy in 
this report but have provided a summary in the tables 
produced on pages 79 to 81. A copy of our full Directors’ 
Remuneration Policy, as approved by shareholders in 
July 2022, is available in the Remuneration section of the 
2022 Annual Report and Accounts, which is available on our 
website www.recordfg.com.

Remuneration principles
Our approach to remuneration remains unchanged and is 
driven by long-term thinking to promote the sustainable 
growth of the Group. Identifying, developing and 
appropriately compensating our high performers, at all levels 
of the business, is critical to long-term business success and 
is aligned to both clients’ and shareholders’ interests.

Our key remuneration principles are:

•  a consistent remuneration structure for all employees, not 
just Directors, which is transparent and straightforward;

•  our employees should be rewarded and incentivised to 

deliver profitable business growth;

•  remuneration should comprise i) fixed salary, pension and 
benefits; ii) variable remuneration based on individual and 
Group performance; and iii) longer-term incentives based 
primarily on Group performance; and

•  Executive Directors’ remuneration should include a 

deferred element, which is satisfied by paying it in the 
form of equity.

Implementation of our Remuneration Policy
In last year’s Remuneration Policy we outlined a number of 
priorities that the Remuneration Committee was focusing on 
and I would like to summarise progress in these areas:

•  motivate and retain our CEO to deliver our three-year 

strategy:

The remuneration structure that we put in place for our 
CEO was designed to ensure that Leslie Hill is motivated 
and incentivised to drive our 2022-25 three-year strategy, 
while acknowledging that she is a significant shareholder 
and therefore fully aligned with shareholders over the 
long term. The business has outperformed the first year 
of our three-year strategy, delivering higher revenue 
and operating profit than was targeted. Leslie will 
therefore receive her salary and full bonus in recognition 
of both these excellent financial results as well as the 
progress made in each of our three strategic priorities of 
diversification, modernisation and succession.

•  create a remuneration structure that aligns with and 

supports our succession plans:

The implementation of our LTIP scheme in line with our 
Remuneration Policy has created alignment, incentive 
and retention of key Executive Directors and members 
of senior management to support our succession plans. 
Participants in the LTIP scheme forfeited part of their 
bonus to participate in the scheme, and any vesting of 
awards will be in shares, subject to the satisfaction of 
three-year targets and continued employment.

•  use robust performance metrics to ensure payment 

for success:

Our Executive Directors’ Bonus Scheme has been 
implemented, based on paying for performance. 
The Remuneration Committee believes there is a balance 
between a formulaic and a discretionary approach, and 
has ensured that the measures and targets used to 
determine variable pay for Executive Directors are aligned 
with our three-year strategy, being based both on the 
delivery of annual profits and the progress in key strategic 
areas. In addition, our LTIP scheme includes both EPS and 
TSR performance conditions and our Staff Bonus Scheme 
recognises Company, department and individual levels of 
performance.

•  align the interests of our Executive Directors with those of 

our shareholders:

The alignment of our three-year strategy to deliver 
long-term sustainable business growth with the design 
of our remuneration schemes means that remuneration 
outcomes will be delivered fully in shares through the 
LTIP and partly in shares in our bonus scheme. All awards 
in shares have further holding periods, aligning interests 
with shareholders.

Total remuneration spend
Over the medium term, the Board has set a target ratio of 
total remuneration costs to be up to 50% of revenue. This 
includes all remuneration costs for Directors and staff. For 
this financial year, total remuneration costs represented 46% 
of revenue and were managed well within the target ratio.

In total, the Executive Director Bonus Scheme and Staff 
Bonus Scheme are capped at 35% of operating profit 
pre-bonuses and this year variable remuneration totalled 
34.7% of operating profit.

Group performance for 2022-23
The year to 31 March 2023 has seen revenues increase by 
27.4% compared with last year, an increase in operating profit 
of 33.6% and our AUME reached $87.7 billion. Our bonus pool 
was 34.8% of pre-bonus underlying operating profit, which 
represented £7.6 million, directly linking the Group’s financial 
performance to the size of the variable remuneration pool. 
The payments made under the bonus scheme increased by 
33.2% compared to the previous period.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
78 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Remuneration report continued

Chair of the Remuneration Committee’s 
statement continued
Executive Director remuneration outcomes 2022-23
A cost-of-living allowance of £3,000 was paid to all staff 
during the year. This was not paid to Executive Directors or 
Board members. In addition, a discretionary salary review 
was undertaken to recognise promotions and increases to 
roles and responsibilities.

No changes were made to Leslie Hill’s salary. Leslie’s variable 
remuneration was determined by the criteria outlined in the 
Executive Directors’ Bonus Scheme. Leslie’s bonus was paid 
in full, with 75% of her bonus relating to the outperformance 
of annual profit targets and 25% of her bonus relating to 
strong strategic progress made in the areas of diversification, 
modernisation and succession. Further details are provided 
on page 85.

To reflect the increasing breadth of Steve Cullen’s role with 
the expansion of the Record Group, his salary was increased 
to £160,000 from 1 April 2023. Steve’s bonus was paid in full, 
with 75% of his bonus relating to the outperformance of 
annual profit targets and 25% of his bonus relating to strong 
strategic progress made in the areas of diversification, 
modernisation and succession. Further details are provided 
on page 85.

The Remuneration Committee also received input from the 
Head of Compliance, who reports any legal or compliance 
issues that relate to Executive Directors who are due to 
receive bonus payments. Payments were made in accordance 
with the Executive Directors’ Bonus Scheme rules and were 
approved by the Committee.

No option or LTIP awards were made to Leslie Hill during the 
year, in line with the CEO remuneration structure outlined 
in the Remuneration Policy. Steve Cullen received an LTIP 
award of 150% of his base salary, granted in line with the LTIP 
scheme rules.

Alignment with shareholders
As at 31 March 2023, 39% of the Group’s shares were held 
by the Chairman and the Directors, and each of the current 
Executive Directors has a shareholding significantly greater 
than 150% of their base salary. In addition, 63% of the Group’s 
employees are shareholders.

Engaging with employees 
The Remuneration Committee takes an active involvement in 
remuneration for the whole Group. Record staff participate 
in all of the remuneration arrangements, including the 
Staff Bonus Scheme, LTIP, JSOP and share schemes. The 
Remuneration Committee reviews all bonus, LTIP and option 
awards. A significant proportion of our colleagues are 
shareholders, so are able to express their views in the same 
way as other shareholders.

When determining Executive Director remuneration 
arrangements, the Remuneration Committee takes into 
account pay conditions throughout the Group to ensure 
that the structure and quantum of Executive Directors’ pay 
remains appropriate in the circumstances. 

In my role as Employee Engagement Director, leading our 
workforce engagement initiatives, I have been working 
closely with Kevin Ayles, Head of HR and Company Secretary. 
We have been able to seek the views of the wider workforce 
on a range of topics including strategy, remuneration and 
working arrangements, through our employee engagement 
pulse surveys and conversations with staff.

Shareholder consultation
It remains our policy to discuss any substantive proposed 
changes to the Group’s remuneration structures with key 
external shareholders in advance of any implementation. 
The Remuneration Committee takes into account shareholder 
views received in relation to resolutions to be considered at 
the AGM each year, and values shareholder feedback when 
forming remuneration policy.

Tim Edwards
Chair of the Remuneration Committee

29 June 2023

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

79

Remuneration report continued

Remuneration Policy
Remuneration Policy summary tables
This section of the Remuneration report starts with a table illustrating the remuneration structures that we have in place for 
Executive Directors and then provides an overview of the key remuneration elements in place for all staff, including Executive 
Directors, the Chairman and Non-executive Directors.

We have not made any changes to our Remuneration Policy for Directors and the tables summarise the policy approved by 
shareholders at the 2022 AGM.

Summary remuneration structure
The table below illustrates the remuneration structures that we have in place for Executive Directors.

Salary

Cash

Pension and  
benefits

Cash

Bonus Scheme

Cash

Bonus Scheme

Shares

1/3 shares 
released from 
lock up

1/3 shares 
released from 
lock up

1/3 shares  
released from 
lock up

LTIP

EPS and TSR performance conditions

Vesting

Held until year 5

Year 0

Year 1

Year 2

Year 3

Year 4

Year 5

Note: Executive Directors are required to take one-third of their bonus payment in shares, which are locked up and released over three years. Executive Directors can elect to 
take a further third of their bonus payment in shares, and these have no lock up.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy table
The following table summarises the key features of each element of the Policy, their purpose and link to strategy.

Element, purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Base salary
Fixed remuneration that reflects 
the role, responsibilities, 
experience and knowledge of 
the individual.

The Remuneration Committee reviews salaries for 
Executive Directors on an annual basis.

Any review will take into account market rates, 
business performance and individual contribution.

There is no prescribed maximum salary. However, 
increases are normally expected to be in line with 
the typical level of increase awarded across the 
Group.

Performance metrics

Not applicable, though individual 
performance will be considered 
when reviewing base salary levels.

Benefits
To provide a benefits package 
that provides for the wellbeing 
of our colleagues.

Benefits include, but are not limited to, private 
medical insurance, dental insurance, permanent 
health insurance, life assurance and annual holiday.

Not applicable

Executive Directors receive benefits on the same 
basis as all other employees, at the prevailing rates.

Pension
To provide an appropriate 
retirement income, to aid 
attraction and retention of 
high-calibre executives.

Not applicable

Executive Directors receive an employer pension 
contribution of 11% of salary which can be paid into 
the Group Personal Pension Scheme or delivered as 
a cash allowance.

The pension contribution for Executive Directors is 
fully in line with pension contributions paid to all 
staff (which also comprise an employer pension 
contribution of 11% of salary). 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
80 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Remuneration report continued

Remuneration Policy continued
Directors’ Remuneration Policy table continued

Element, purpose and  
link to strategy

Operation

Bonus Scheme
To motivate Executive Directors 
to achieve sustainable financial 
performance and strategic 
objectives aligned with the 
Group strategy.

Long-Term Incentive Plan 
(“LTIP”)
A performance share plan to 
incentivise delivery of long-term 
performance and strategy 
delivery, aligning interests with 
shareholders.

Bonus payments are based on performance 
measured over the financial year.

Executive Directors are required to take one-third 
of their bonus payment in shares subject to lock-up 
conditions of one to three years and in addition are 
offered the opportunity for up to a further third 
of the bonus to be paid in shares. The remaining 
amount is paid in cash.

Up to 35% of operating profits (pre-bonus) are 
allocated in total to the Executive Directors’ Bonus 
Scheme and the Staff Bonus Scheme. 

Malus and clawback provisions apply to all awards. 
Further details are set out below.

Awards under the LTIP may be granted as nil or 
nominal cost options, market value options or 
conditional share awards.

The maximum opportunity for Executive Directors 
is an award of up to 150% of base salary.

Any awards will be delivered in Company shares. 
Awards vest at the end of a three-year performance 
period, after which any shares must be held for a 
two-year post-vesting holding period.

Malus and clawback provisions apply to all awards. 
Further details are set out below.

The Committee has discretion in the treatment 
of leavers as set out below and in respect of the 
assessment of performance and vesting levels 
(including to amend performance conditions and 
measures).

Performance metrics

Bonus will be based on the 
achievement of Group financial 
operating profit targets (75%) and 
delivery of strategic objectives 
(25%).

Individual awards are based on role, 
responsibilities and delivery and 
determined by the Remuneration 
Committee.

Vesting is based two-thirds on EPS 
growth and one-third on relative 
TSR compared with the FTSE Small 
Cap index. 

The Remuneration Committee has 
discretion to set other performance 
conditions for the future operation 
of the LTIP. 

Share Incentive Plan
A share saving plan to 
encourage long-term equity 
ownership.

The Group has an approved Share Incentive Plan 
(“SIP”). All staff are able to buy shares from pre-tax 
salary up to an HMRC-approved limit (£1,800 for 
the financial year ended 31 March 2023), which is 
matched at a rate of 50%.

Not applicable

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

81

Remuneration report continued

Remuneration Policy table for the Chairman and the Non-executive Directors
The table below sets out the Remuneration Policy for the Chairman and the Non-executive Directors. 

Element, purpose and  
link to strategy

Current operation for Chairman and 
Non-executive Directors

Further information

Fees
Fixed remuneration that reflects 
the role, skills and experience

The Chairman’s fees are determined by the 
Remuneration Committee.

The Non-executive Directors’ fees are approved by 
the Board.

Increases are normally expected to be in line with 
the typical level of salary increase awarded across 
the Group.

Fees are reviewed annually. 
Any review will take into account 
market rates, business performance 
and individual contribution.

Pension and benefits 
To enable the Chairman and 
Non-executive Directors to 
carry out their roles.

The current Chairman receives benefits on the same 
basis as the Executive Directors, including pension, 
private medical insurance, dental insurance, 
permanent health insurance and life assurance.

The Non-executive Directors 
receive expenses but do not receive 
any additional benefits.

When David Morrison assumes the role of Chairman 
he will not receive any additional benefits.

Service contracts and loss of office payment policy
All Executive Directors have service agreements with the 
Company. None of the service agreements are for a fixed 
term and all include provisions for termination on six months’ 
notice by either party. Service agreements do not contain any 
contractual entitlement to receive bonuses, nor to participate 
in the LTIP, nor to receive any fixed provision for termination 
compensation.

Non-executive Directors are appointed for an initial 
three-year period and are required to provide at least six 
months’ notice of their intention to resign. Their continued 
engagement is subject to annual re-election by shareholders 
at the Group’s AGM. 

The terms and conditions of appointment of the Executive 
Directors and Non-executive Directors are available for 
inspection at the Company’s registered office.

When an Executive Director leaves the Group, the 
Remuneration Committee will review the circumstances and 
apply the appropriate treatment to their final remuneration. 
Any payments and vesting of share awards under the 
Executive Directors’ Bonus Scheme and the LTIP will be in 
accordance with the relevant scheme rules and discretion 
as set out in those plans at the time the Executive Director 
leaves. All payments will be in line with contractual 
entitlements and statutory requirements. No Executive 
Director will be rewarded for failure. 

Salary and benefits will continue to be paid throughout the 
notice period although the Remuneration Committee has the 
discretion to make a payment in lieu of notice.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
82 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Remuneration report continued

Remuneration Policy continued
Other matters
Engaging with employees and shareholders, 
decision-making processes and general employee pay 
and conditions
The Group’s approach to engaging with employees and 
shareholders is detailed in the Chair of the Remuneration 
Committee’s statement. The Group’s remuneration 
decision-making processes are also summarised in that 
statement and detailed further above in the Remuneration 
Policy tables, as well as the general approach to employee 
pay and conditions.

Malus and clawback
Malus and clawback provisions under all of the Company’s 
incentive schemes (including the Executive Director and Staff 
Bonus Scheme, LTIP, Share Scheme, Commission Scheme 
and JSOP) are in line with regulatory requirements. Under 
the relevant rules, the Remuneration Committee may apply 
malus and/or clawback where:

•  the relevant individual participated in, or was responsible 
for, conduct which resulted in significant losses to the 
Company or relevant business unit;

•  the relevant individual failed to meet appropriate 

standards of fitness and propriety;

•  there is reasonable evidence of misbehaviour or material 

error by the individual;

•  the Group, or business unit for which the relevant 

individual is responsible, suffers a material downturn in its 
financial performance; and/or

•  the Group, or business unit in which the relevant individual 

works, suffers a material failure of risk management.

Source and funding of shares
Share awards under the Executive Directors’ Bonus Scheme 
and Staff Bonus Scheme are covered wherever possible 
through market purchases by the Company’s Employee 
Benefit Trust (“EBT”) rather than through the issue of new 
shares, and this has been the case since the inception of 
the previous Group Profit Share Scheme in 2007. It remains 
our intention to continue to operate in this manner in order 
to minimise potential dilution of shareholders’ interests. 
Similarly, grants under the LTIP and the Share Scheme are 
not normally satisfied by the issue of new shares, in order to 
minimise potential dilution. The JSOP uses market purchase 
shares only. The Company provides funds to the EBT to allow 
it to purchase shares in the market with which to satisfy the 
exercise of options. The number of shares purchased by the 
Group to hedge the satisfaction of options is based on an 
appropriate hedge ratio at each grant date, as calculated by 
management and approved by the Remuneration Committee.

Implementation of Remuneration Policy
The Group has implemented the Remuneration Policy, as 
approved by shareholders previously. The Remuneration 
Committee has approved variable remuneration payments 
for the CEO and CFO based on the Executive Directors’ Bonus 
Scheme and the CFO is a participant in the LTIP scheme.

Approach to remuneration for new Executive Directors
On the recruitment of a new Executive Director, the level of 
fixed remuneration will be appropriate to the candidate’s 
skills and experience and the responsibility that they will 
be undertaking. New Executive Directors would be eligible 
to join the Executive Directors’ Bonus Scheme and would 
be eligible to be considered for participation in the LTIP as 
deemed appropriate by the Remuneration Committee, subject 
to the applicable policy at the time.

The Remuneration Committee recognises that a new 
Executive Director may forfeit remuneration as a result of 
leaving a previous employer and the Committee will consider 
mitigating that loss or part of that loss by making a buyout 
award in addition to the remuneration outlined above. The 
Committee will consider any relevant factors including any 
performance conditions attached to any previous incentive 
arrangements and the likelihood of these conditions being 
met and will take reasonable steps to ensure that any 
payment is at an appropriate level.

When recruiting a new Non-executive Director, fees will be 
in line with the prevailing fee schedule paid to other Board 
members and Non-executive Directors at that time.

Executive shareholding policy
Any new Executive Director will be encouraged to build a 
shareholding with a value of at least 150% of base salary, 
for example through the use of the Executive Directors’ 
Bonus Scheme and LTIP scheme, within a reasonable time 
of being appointed.

At the end of the appointment, an Executive Director would 
need to retain a shareholding with a value of at least 150% 
of base salary previously built up through awards under the 
Group’s remuneration schemes (but excluding any shares 
bought for cash). Half of this shareholding must be held for 
a period of one year and the other half held for a period of 
two years.

Regulation
We continue to review our Remuneration Policy in line 
with regulatory changes and good practice and to ensure 
compliance with the principles of the Remuneration Code of 
the UK financial services regulator, as applicable to the Group. 
In particular, we have reviewed our Remuneration Policy in 
line with the Investment Firms Prudential Regulation and 
as a non-SNI firm have implemented the basic and standard 
remuneration requirements.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

83

Remuneration report continued

Remuneration Policy – illustrations
The charts below show the lowest, highest and average remuneration for the CEO and CFO over the past three years. Fixed 
remuneration is comprised of salary, pension contributions, other benefits and any cash alternative. Variable remuneration 
comprises bonus, including cash and share payments, as well as any gains on share options.

As variable remuneration is not capped at the individual level, we have used the three-year average, highest and lowest 
remuneration as an indication of the Executive Director’s earnings potential. Future remuneration will be determined based 
on profitability and performance as described in the Remuneration Policy.

Leslie Hill (as CEO)

Minimum

100%

£760,924

3-year
low

3-year
high

3-year
average

41%

59%

£1,270,178

25%

30%

75%

£3,001,957

70%

£2,222,439

£

0

500k

1,000k

1,500k

2,000k

2,500k

3,000k

3,500k

Steve Cullen (as CFO)

Minimum

100%

£179,124

3-year
low

3-year
high

3-year
average

70%

30%

£214,527

41%

53%

59%

£407,528

Key:

47%

£293,405

 Fixed

 Variable

£

0

50k

100k

150k

200k

250k

300k

350k

400k

450k

The above charts exclude the value 
of options granted to Directors.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
84 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration
This part of the report has been prepared in accordance with Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 (as amended), and relevant sections of the Listing Rules. The information on pages 
84 to 90 has been audited, where required, under the regulations and is indicated as audited information where applicable.

Directors’ remuneration as a single figure (audited information)
The remuneration of the Directors for the year ended 31 March 2023 is detailed below together with their remuneration for the 
previous year.

Executive Directors

Salaries and fees

Benefits1 

Pensions2

Total fixed pay

Short-term incentive (Bonus – cash)

Short-term incentive (Bonus – shares)3 

Share option gains

Total variable pay

Total

Leslie Hill

2023
£

2022
£

Steve Cullen

2023
£

2022
£

682,500

650,000

150,147

136,496

3,349

75,075

2,974

71,500

1,524

16,516

1,397

15,015

760,924

724,474

168,187

152,908

1,469,174

1,113,806

148,325

734,586

556,903

37,273

—

2,241,033

1,670,709

3,001,957

2,395,183

74,162

16,854

239,341

407,528

70,167

35,084

—

105,251

258,159

Neil Record

David Morrison
(appointed 
1 March 2023)

Tim Edwards

Matt Hotson
(appointed 
30 July 2021)

Krystyna Nowak
(appointed 
16 September 2021)

Non-executive Directors

2023
£

2022
£

2023
£

2022
£

2023
£

2022
£

2023
£

2022
£

2023
£

2022
£

Salaries and fees

85,357

81,293

10,000

Benefits1

Pensions2

Total

3,876

3,453

9,389

8,942

—

—

98,622

93,688

10,000

—

—

—

—

57,750

53,287

52,500

33,526

52,500

27,115

—

—

59

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

57,750

53,346

52,500

33,526

52,500

27,115

1.  This value includes, medical benefits, payments made in lieu of medical benefits, overtime payments and reimbursement of taxable travel expenses.
2.  This includes payments made in lieu of pension contributions. 
3.  Short-term incentive payments are subject to individual performance conditions summarised in the objectives table. The shares vest immediately but are subject to lock-up 

restrictions and are calculated based on the overall profitability of the Group.

Payments for loss of office and payments made to former Directors
Bob Noyen left the Board of Directors on 4 February 2021 and left employment on 31 March 2021. To assist with the transition 
and maintenance of client relationships, Bob agreed to provide consultancy support to the Group. Payments in respect of this 
consultancy support totalled £46,738 in the year to 31 March 2023 (31 March 2022: £357,044).

Pensions (audited information)
Executive Directors are entitled to join the Group Personal Pension Scheme. This is a defined contribution plan and for the 
financial year ended 31 March 2023, the Group made contributions of 11% of each Director’s salary, which could either be paid 
into the Group Personal Pension Scheme, taken as cash or a combination of the two.

All Directors who make personal contributions into the Company pension scheme via salary sacrifice receive an amount 
equivalent to the employer’s national insurance saved by the Company into their pension as an additional contribution.

The employer pension contributions for the financial years ended 31 March 2022 and 31 March 2023 are detailed in the tables 
on page 117.

Executive Directors’ Bonus Scheme payments
The Executive Directors’ Bonus Scheme is the annual short-term variable remuneration structure that the CEO and CFO 
participate in. The Executive Directors’ bonus pool is determined as follows:

•  Financial (75%). The Remuneration Committee will consider the firm’s financial performance and, specifically, delivery of 

operating profit targets for the year under the Group’s three-year plan.

•  Non-financial (25%). The Remuneration Committee will assess strategic progress made during the year and will focus 

specifically on progress in product diversification, technology modernisation and succession planning.

The overall performance against these criteria for the year is summarised in tables for Leslie Hill and Steve Cullen below. 
The Remuneration Committee also receives reports from the Head of Compliance regarding any legal or compliance issues 
relevant to the award.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

85

Remuneration report continued

Leslie Hill

Objectives

Financial
Operating profit
Deliver operating profit, pre-bonuses, of £21.5 million.

Outcomes

Operating profit, pre-bonuses, was £22.1 million.

Non-financial
Product diversification
Diversify the Group’s products from reliance on 
Passive and Dynamic Hedging to a broader set of 
non-correlated investment products.

As well as growing the currency hedging side of the business, this 
year has seen significant progress with Record Asset Management. 
We have gained our BaFin licence and have launched our Luxembourg 
fund structure, partnering with specialist asset managers to provide 
multi-asset funds for clients.

Modernisation
Continue to improve our infrastructure and have the 
technology tools to support the growth in business, 
while producing more secure and efficient systems.

Progress is being made with Record Digital and partnerships are 
being built to deliver diversifying strategies to our clients. In addition, 
we have invested in some early-stage ventures.

Our Emerging Market Sustainable Finance Fund has ambitious 
growth plans and a dedicated team. 

The Group infrastructure has been improved, with a move to 
hybrid cloud and on-premises infrastructure and improved 
security and control.

Microsoft Azure, Power BI and Xceptor have all been implemented 
to improve our processes and efficiency.

The R-Platform has been developed and launched shortly following 
the year end.

Our new Reporting suite has been designed and is being rolled out.

Succession
Put in place robust succession plans for plc Board 
level roles.

Neil Record is stepping down at the 2023 AGM and his successor, 
David Morrison, has been appointed. David has joined the Board as 
Chair-elect and will assume Chair responsibilities in August 2023.

Leslie Hill has been succeeded by Jan Witte as CEO of the UK 
regulated subsidiary, Record Currency Management Limited, 
effective from 1 May 2023.

New partnerships are being developed with potential future 
business leaders.

Outcomes

Operating profit, pre-bonuses, was £22.1 million

Growth of the currency business alongside significant progress with 
Record Asset Management, Record Digital Asset Ventures and the 
Emerging Markets Sustainable Finance Fund

Steve Cullen

Objectives

Financial
Operating profit
Deliver operating profit, pre-bonuses, of £21.5 million

Non-financial
Product diversification
Diversify the Group’s products from reliance on 
Passive and Dynamic Hedging to a broader set of 
non-correlated investment products

Modernisation
Modernise accounting systems to support business 
growth

Developed accounting systems for the wider group, designed 
processes for the re-charging of central costs

Succession
Strengthen the finance team

Grown a robust team culture, hired talent into team and increased 
responsibilities of team members

Award:
The full Executive Directors’ bonus pool was agreed by the Remuneration Committee for the delivery of both financial and 
non-financial metrics. The pool was distributed to Leslie Hill and Steve Cullen based on their contribution. 

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
86 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Remuneration report continued

Annual report on remuneration continued
Directors’ share options and share awards (audited information) 
During the financial year ended 31 March 2023 no option awards were made to the Executive Directors.

All of the Executive Directors have previously been awarded share options and the table below sets out details of Executive 
Directors’ outstanding share option awards, which may vest on an annual basis over three, four and five years subject to 
continued service and performance conditions. The table also sets out any options that have lapsed or been exercised.

Name 

Date of grant

Total 
options at
1 April
2022

Options
granted
in period

Leslie Hill

26/01/18

93,334

21/08/19

575,000

Steve Cullen

26/01/18

41,668

21/08/19

260,000

—

—

—

—

Options
lapsed
in period

(93,334)

Options
exercised
in period

—

Total 
options at
31 March
2023

Exercise
price

Earliest
exercise

Latest 
exercise

—

43.5p  26/01/2022 25/01/2023

(95,833)

(95,834)

383,333

31.1p  21/08/2022 20/08/2025

(41,668)

—

—

43.5p  26/01/2022 25/01/2023

(43,333)

(43,334)

173,333

31.1p  21/08/2022 20/08/2025

The outstanding share options above vest subject to performance conditions, which are detailed on page 133.

Leslie Hill had a gain on share options of £37,273 and Steve Cullen had a gain on share options of £16,854 in the year ended 
31 March 2023.

Options granted to Executive Directors vest on an annual basis (in years three, four and five) and vesting is subject to 
Record’s average annualised EPS growth over the relevant period since grant as follows:

Record’s annualised EPS growth over the period from grant to vesting

>RPI growth + 13%

>RPI growth + 10%, =RPI growth + 7%, =RPI growth + 4%, = 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Corporation tax liabilities

Provisions

Lease liabilities

Derivative financial liabilities

Total current liabilities

Non‑current liabilities

Provisions

Lease liabilities

Total non‑current liabilities

Total net assets

Equity

Issued share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

1.  See note 30 for details of the reclassification resulting in the restatement of prior year.

Approved by the Board on 29 June 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Neil Record 
Chairman 

Steve Cullen
Chief Financial Officer

Company registered number: 1927640

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Note

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

18

19

19

12

17

20

12

21

2023
£’000

1,390

1,011

377

4,901

134

7,813

14,373

54

4,549

9,948

28,924

36,737

(6,011)

(1,329)

—

(285)

(5)

Restated1
2022
£’000

562

1,421

401

3,447

253

6,084

9,883

—

13,913

3,345

27,141

33,225

(4,721)

(924)

(75)

(366)

(124)

(7,630)

(6,210)

(122)

(694)

(816)

(125)

(960)

(1,085)

28,291

25,930

50

1,809

26

26,406

28,291

50

1,809

26

24,045

25,930

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
108 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Consolidated statement of changes in equity

Year ended 31 March 2023

Called‑up 
share capital 
£’000

Note

As at 1 April 2022

Profit and total comprehensive 
income for the year

Dividends paid

9

Own shares acquired by EBT

Release of shares held by EBT

Tax on share-based payments

Share-based payment reserve 
movement

Transactions with shareholders

As at 31 March 2023

Year ended 31 March 2022

50

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

50

Called‑up 
share capital 
£’000

Note

As at 1 April 2021

Restatement of release of shares 
held by EBT 

Restated balance as at 1 April 2021

Profit and total comprehensive 
income for the year

Dividends paid

Own shares acquired by EBT

Restatement of release of shares 
held by EBT

Restatement of share-based 
payment reserve movement

Transactions with shareholders

Restated balance as at 31 March 2022

30

9

30

30

50

—

50

—

—

—

—

—

—

50

Share
premium
 account 
£’000

1,809

Capital
redemption
 reserve 
£’000

Equity
attributable to
equity holders 
of the parent 
£’000

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

Total 
equity 
£’000

26

24,045

25,930

25,930

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,809

Share
premium
 account 
£’000

2,418

(609)

1,809

—

—

—

—

—

—

1,809

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

26

11,339

(9,095)

(3,572)

2,268

300

11,339

(9,095)

(3,572)

2,268

300

11,339

(9,095)

(3,572)

2,268

300

1,121

1,121

1,121

(8,978)

(8,978)

(8,978)

26,406

28,291

28,291

Capital
redemption
 reserve 
£’000

26

—

26

—

—

—

—

—

— 

26

Equity
attributable to
equity holders 
of the parent 
£’000

Total 
equity 
£’000

26,799

26,799

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

24,305

609

—

—

24,914

26,799

26,799

8,631

(6,512)

8,631

(6,512)

8,631

(6,512)

(5,807)

(5,807)

(5,807)

1,838

1,838

1,838

981

981

981

(9,500)

(9,500)

(9,500)

24,045

25,930

25,930

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

109

Consolidated statement of cash flows

Year ended 31 March 2023

Profit after tax

Adjustments for:

Depreciation of right-of-use assets 

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Amortisation of intangible assets

Loss on asset disposals

Share-based payments

Decrease in other non-cash items1

Finance income

Finance expense

Tax expense

Changes in working capital

(Increase) in receivables

Increase in payables

(Decrease) in provisions

Cash inflow from operating activities 

Corporation tax paid

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Purchase of intangible assets

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Purchase of investments

Payment to seed fund holders

Redemption of bonds

Redemption of investments

Purchase/(disposal) of money market instruments with maturity > 3 months

Interest received

Net cash inflow/(outflow) from investing activities

Cash flow from financing activities

Lease principal payments

Lease interest payments

Purchase of own shares

Dividends paid to equity shareholders

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents in the year 

Exchange gains

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Closing cash and cash equivalents consist of:

Cash

Cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

Note

12

13

11

2023
£’000

11,339

2022
£’000

8,631

375

285

135

11

916

1,780

(181)

55

489

357

192

—

559

877

(44)

23

7

3,259

2,225

(4,490)

1,290

(78)

14,696

(2,433)

12,263

(964)

(272)

(3,570)

—

1,607

881

9,363

181

7,226

(315)

(55)

(3,572)

(9,095)

(13,037)

6,452

151

3,345

9,948

6,405

3,543

9,948

(1,877)

1,296

—

12,728

(1,373)

11,355

(334)

(75)

(1,773)

(1,808)

1,462

—

(983)

44

(3,467)

(540)

(17)

(4,462)

(6,512)

(11,531)

(3,643)

141

6,847

3,345

3,345

—

3,345

11

13

12

12

9

18

1.  Other non-cash items include £2,473k release of shares held by Employee Benefit Trust and other share movements (2022: £624k), £175k unrealised gains in derivatives 

(2022: £340k loss), £147k foreign exchange gains (2022: £137k gain) and £371k unrealised gains in investments (2022: £50k loss).

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
110 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Company statement of financial position

As at 31 March 2023

Non‑current assets

Right-of-use assets

Property, plant and equipment

Investments

Deferred tax

Total non‑current assets

Current assets

Corporation tax

Trade and other receivables

Cash and cash equivalents

Total current assets

Total assets

Current liabilities

Trade and other payables

Lease liabilities

Provisions

Total current liabilities

Non‑current liabilities

Lease liabilities

Deferred tax liabilities

Provisions

Total non‑current liabilities

Total net assets

Equity

Issued share capital

Share premium account

Capital redemption reserve

Retained earnings

Total equity

Note

12

14

16

18

19

12

12

20

21

2023
£’000

871

99

9,062

—

2022
£’000

1,232

—

5,029

1

10,032

6,262

16

2,428

213

2,657

12,689

(4,955)

(251)

—

3

3,522

43

3,568

9,830

(4,161)

(326)

(75)

(5,206)

(4,562)

(583)

(11)

(122)

(716)

(812)

—

(125)

(937)

6,767

4,331

50

1,809

26

4,882

6,767

50

1,809

26

2,446

4,331

The Company’s total comprehensive income for the year (which is principally derived from intra-group dividends) was 
£10,614,915 (2022: £4,558,705).

Approved by the Board on 29 June 2023 and signed on its behalf by:

Neil Record 
Chairman 

Steve Cullen
Chief Financial Officer

Company registered number: 1927640

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

111

Company statement of changes in equity

Year ended 31 March 2023

As at 1 April 2022

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid

Share option reserve movement

Transactions with shareholders

As at 31 March 2023

Year ended 31 March 2022

As at 1 April 2021

Profit and total comprehensive income for the year

Dividends paid

Share option reserve movement

Transactions with shareholders

As at 31 March 2022

Called‑up 
share capital 
£’000

Note

9

50

—

—

—

—

50

Called‑up 
share capital 
£’000

Note

9

50

—

—

—

—

50

Share
premium
 account 
£’000

1,809

—

—

—

—

1,809

Share
premium
 account 
£’000

1,809

—

—

—

—

1,809

Capital
redemption
 reserve 
£’000

26

—

—

—

—

26

Capital
redemption
 reserve 
£’000

26

—

—

—

—

26

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

2,446

10,615

Total
shareholders’
equity 
£’000

4,331

10,615

(9,095)

(9,095)

916

(8,179)

4,882

916

(8,179)

6,767

Retained 
earnings 
£’000

3,843

4,559

Total
shareholders’
equity 
£’000

5,728

4,559

 (6,512)

 (6,512)

556

(5,956)

2,446

556

(5,956)

4,331

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
112 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Company statement of cash flows

Year ended 31 March 2023

Profit after tax

Adjustments for:

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Decrease/(Increase) in other non-cash items2

Finance income

Finance expense

Tax expense/(income)

Dividends received from subsidiaries

Changes in working capital

Decrease/(Increase) in receivables

Increase in payables

(Decrease) in provisions

Cash inflow from operating activities 

Corporation taxes (paid)/received

Net cash inflow from operating activities

Cash flow from investing activities

Dividends received

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

Investment in subsidiaries

Investment in equity reserve of subsidiary

Purchase of investments

Payments to seed fund holders

Interest received

Net cash inflow from investing activities

Net cash flow from financing activities

Lease principal payments

Lease interest payments

Dividends paid to equity shareholders

Net cash outflow from financing activities

Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents in the year

FX revaluation

Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year

Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year

Closing cash and cash equivalents consist of:

Cash

Cash and cash equivalents

1.  See note 31 for details of the presentational adjustment resulting in the restatement of prior year. 
2.  Other non-cash items include unrealised movements in investments and other foreign exchange movements.

The notes on pages 113 to 145 are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

2023
£’000

10,615

Restated1
2022
£’000

4,559

338

17

(155)

(1)

43

5

453

—

45

—

16

(19)

(10,500)

(4,600)

1,094

794

(78)

2,172

(6)

2,166

(2,134)

2,470

—

790

37

827

10,500

4,600

(116)

—

(1,095)

(1,869)

—

1

7,421

(280)

(43)

(9,095)

(9,418)

170

—

43

213

213

213

—

(325)

—

—

1,798

—

6,073

(502)

(16)

(6,512)

(7,030)

(130)

—

173

43

43

43

Note

12

12

12

18

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

113

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023

These financial statements exclude disclosures that are both 
immaterial and judged to be unnecessary to understand our 
results and financial position.

1. Accounting policies
In order to provide more clarity to the notes to the financial 
statements, accounting policy descriptions appear at the 
beginning of the note to which they relate.

The principal accounting policies adopted in the preparation 
of these consolidated financial statements are set out in the 
notes below. These policies have been consistently applied to 
all periods presented unless otherwise stated.

a. Accounting convention
Basis of preparation
The Group financial statements have been prepared in 
accordance with UK adopted international accounting 
standards and the Company and other Group entities’ 
financial statements have also been prepared in accordance 
with UK adopted international accounting standards. 
The financial statements have been prepared on a historical 
cost basis, modified to include fair valuation of derivative 
financial instruments. Investments are measured at fair value 
through profit or loss.

The Directors are satisfied that the Company and the Group 
have adequate resources with which to continue to operate 
for the foreseeable future. In arriving at this conclusion, the 
Directors have considered various assessments including 
both the impact of the war in Ukraine, and that of the current 
high inflationary environment on the Group, the market it 
operates in and its stakeholders. These assessments show 
that the Group should be able to operate at adequate levels 
of both liquidity and capital for at least 12 months from the 
date of signing this report.

Consequently, the Directors have reasonable expectation 
that the Group has adequate financial resources to continue 
operations for at least 12 months from the date of signing 
the report, and therefore have continued to adopt the going 
concern basis in preparing the financial statements.

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with 
the recognition and measurement principles set out in IFRSs 
requires management to make judgements, estimates and 
assumptions that affect the application of policies and 
reported amounts of assets and liabilities, income and 
expenses. The bases for management judgements, estimates 
and assumptions are discussed further in note 2.

Changes to international accounting policies
There were no new interpretations or standards which 
became applicable during the year that were adopted by the 
Group.

Additionally, the Group has not early adopted any other 
standard, interpretation or amendment that has been issued 
but is not yet effective at the year-end date. 

b. Basis of consolidation
The consolidated financial information contained within the 
financial statements incorporates financial statements of 
the Company and its subsidiaries drawn up to 31 March 2023. 
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Company and are 
included from the date that control commences until the date 
that control ceases. Control is achieved where the Company 
is exposed to or has rights over variable returns from its 
involvement with the entity and it has the power to affect 
returns. The Group has applied UK adopted IFRSs for periods 
commencing on or after January 2022.

An Employee Benefit Trust has been established for the 
purposes of satisfying certain share-based awards. As the 
Group has “de facto” control over this special purpose entity, 
the trust is fully consolidated within the financial statements.

Where the Group controls an entity, but does not own all 
the share capital of that entity, the interest of the other 
shareholders’ non-controlling interests is stated within 
equity at the non-controlling interests’ proportion of the 
fair value of the recognised assets and liabilities. In the case 
of the funds controlled by the Group, the interests of any 
external investors in such funds are recognised as a financial 
liability as investments in the fund are not considered to be 
equity instruments.

The financial statements of subsidiary undertakings, 
which are prepared using uniform accounting policies, are 
coterminous with those of Record plc, referred to as the 
“Company”.

The Company is taking advantage of the exemption under 
the Companies Act 2006 s408(1) not to present its individual 
statement of comprehensive income and related notes that 
form part of the financial statements. The Company and its 
subsidiaries are collectively referred to as the Group; the 
Group’s total comprehensive income for the year includes 
a profit of £10,614,915 attributable to the Company (2022: 
£4,558,705). The Company’s principal activity is that of a 
holding company.

All intra-group transactions, balances, income, expenses and 
dividends are eliminated on consolidation.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
114 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

All provisions are reviewed at each reporting date and 
adjusted to reflect the current best estimate. In those cases 
where the possible outflow of economic resources as a result 
of present obligations is considered improbable or remote, no 
liability is recognised.

h. Equity
Share capital represents the nominal (par) value of shares 
that have been issued. Share premium includes any premium 
received on issue of share capital. From time to time, the 
Group has bought in ordinary shares for cancellation. The 
cost of the buy-ins was taken directly to retained earnings. 
The nominal value of the shares was taken to a capital 
redemption reserve. Retained earnings includes all current 
and prior period retained profits and share-based employee 
remuneration. All transactions with owners of the parent are 
recorded separately within equity.

2. Critical accounting estimates and judgements
In order to prepare the financial statements in accordance 
with IFRS, management make certain critical accounting 
estimates. Management are also required to exercise 
judgement in the process of applying the Group’s accounting 
policies and in determining the reported amount of certain 
assets and liabilities.

The estimates and associated assumptions are based on 
historical experience and various other factors including 
expectations of future events that are believed to be 
reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which 
form the basis of making the judgements about carrying 
values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent 
from other sources. As a consequence, actual results may 
differ from these estimates. The estimates and underlying 
assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Revisions to 
accounting estimates are recognised in the period in which 
the estimate is revised if the revision affects only that period, 
or in the period of the revision and future periods if the 
revision affects both current and future periods. 

Sources of estimation uncertainty
Management recognise that the use of estimates is 
important in calculating both the fair value of share options 
offered by the Group to its employees (see note 22) and 
deferred tax (see note 15), however the sources of estimation 
uncertainty do not present a significant risk of material 
adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets or liabilities 
within the next financial year in either case.

1. Accounting policies continued
c. Foreign currencies
The financial statements are presented in sterling (£), which 
is the functional currency of the parent company. Foreign 
currency transactions are translated into the functional 
currency of the parent company using prevailing exchange 
rates which are updated on a monthly basis. Foreign 
exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of 
such transactions and from the remeasurement of monetary 
items at year-end exchange rates are recognised in the 
statement of comprehensive income under “other income 
or expense”.

d. Administrative expenses
Administrative expense includes staff costs, marketing and IT 
costs, which are recognised on an accruals basis as services 
are provided to the Group.

e. Financial instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when 
the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of 
the financial instrument. Financial assets are derecognised 
when the contractual rights to the cash flows from the 
financial assets expire, or when the financial asset and all 
substantial risks and rewards are transferred. A financial 
liability is derecognised when it is extinguished, discharged, 
cancelled or expires.

f. Impairment of assets
The Group assesses whether there is any indication that any 
of its assets have been impaired at least annually. If such 
an indication exists, the asset’s recoverable amount is 
estimated and compared to its carrying value.

An impairment loss is recognised for the amount by which 
the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount. 
Impairment losses are recognised in profit or loss.

g. Provisions and contingent liabilities
Provisions are recognised when present obligations as a 
result of a past event will probably lead to an outflow of 
economic resources from the Group and amounts can be 
estimated reliably. Timing or amount of the outflow may still 
be uncertain. A present obligation arises from the presence 
of a legal or constructive commitment that has resulted from 
past events.

Provisions are measured at the estimated expenditure 
required to settle the present obligation, based on the most 
reliable evidence available at the reporting date, including 
the risks and uncertainties associated with the present 
obligation. Provisions are discounted to their present 
values, where the time value of money is material. Any 
reimbursement that the Group can be virtually certain to 
collect from a third party with respect to the obligation is 
recognised as a separate asset. However, this asset may not 
exceed the amount of the related provision.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

115

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

Calculation of leased assets and liabilities requires the 
use of both estimation and judgement. The identification 
of an appropriate discount rate to use in the calculation of 
the lease liability involves both estimation and judgement. 
Where the lease’s implicit rate is not readily determinable, an 
incremental borrowing rate must be calculated by the Group. 
The discount rate used has a direct effect on the size of the 
lease liability capitalised and although this has been included 
as an area where the use of estimation and judgement in 
note 12 is important, it is unlikely to materially impact the 
Group. Intangible assets are written down in accordance with 
the Group’s amortisation policy on page 119. The assets are 
reviewed by management to ensure the amortisation period 
is appropriate. Investments are revalued monthly at market 
value as far as possible. Inputs used in determining fair value 
measurements are categorised into different levels based 
on how observable the inputs used in the valuation are, as 
disclosed in note 24. Any potential impairments would be 
written down as and when the Group is notified.

3. Segmental analysis
The Directors, who together are the entity’s Chief Operating 
Decision Maker, consider that its services for FY-23 and prior 
years comprise one operating segment (being the provision 
of currency and derivatives management services) and that 
it operates in a market that is not bound by geographical 
constraints. The Group provides Directors with revenue 
information disaggregated by product, whilst operating 
costs, assets and liabilities are presented on an aggregated 
basis. This reflects the unified basis on which the products 
are marketed, delivered and supported. Further information 
on the Group’s operations and principal activities is provided 
in the Business model section from page 10. Revenue 
analysed by product is provided in note 4.

Looking ahead to the current financial year (FY-24), the Group 
expects its diversification into asset management will result 
in an alternative revenue stream (i.e. Asset Management as 
opposed to Currency Management). This will represent a 
different operating segment and will be reported separately 
from FY-24.

4. Revenue

Revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration 
received or receivable for the provision of currency 
management services. Our revenues typically arise 
from charging management fees, performance fees and 
other currency services income and are accounted for in 
accordance with IFRS 15 – “Revenue from Contracts with 
Customers”. 

Management fees and other currency services income are 
recorded on a monthly basis as the service occurs; there are 
no other performance obligations (excluding standard duty 
of care requirements). Management fees are calculated as 
an agreed percentage of the Assets Under Management 
Equivalents (“AUME”) denominated in the client’s chosen base 
currency. The percentage varies depending on the nature 
of services and the level of AUME. Management fees are 
typically invoiced to the customer quarterly with receivables 
recognised for unpaid invoices. Fees are recognised on a 
monthly based on the agreed fee rate and AUME over the 
period.

The Group is entitled to earn performance fees from some 
clients where the performance of the clients’ mandates 
exceeds defined benchmarks over a set time period, and 
are recognised when the fee amount can be estimated 
reliably and it is highly probable that it will not be subject to 
significant reversal.

Performance fee revenues are not considered to be highly 
probable until the end of a contractual performance period 
and therefore are not recognised until they crystallise, at 
which time they are payable by the client and cannot be 
clawed back. There are no other performance obligations 
or services provided which suggest these have been earned 
either before or after crystallisation date.

a. Revenue from contracts with customers
The following table provides a breakdown of revenue from contracts with customers, with management fees analysed by 
product. Other currency services income includes fees from signal hedging and fiduciary execution.

Revenue by product type

Management fees

Passive Hedging

Dynamic Hedging

Currency for Return

Multi-product

Total management fee income

Performance fee income

Other services income

Total revenue from contracts with customers

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

12,912

12,013

6,789

6,584

11,768

10,020

5,513

6,782

38,298

34,083

5,805

586

499

570

44,689

35,152

Management fees are recognised at a point in time and are invoiced typically on a quarterly basis, although Record may 
invoice fees monthly for some of its larger clients. Performance fees are recognised at a point in time and can be invoiced on 
a quarterly, six-monthly or annual basis, as agreed with our clients.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
116 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

4. Revenue continued
Revenue recognition continued
b. Geographical analysis
The geographical analysis of revenue is based on the destination i.e. the location of the client to whom the services are 
provided. All revenue originated in the UK. Other relates to a number of regions that are individually immaterial.

Revenue by geographical region

Management and performance fee income

UK

US

Switzerland

Europe (excluding UK and Switzerland) 

Other

Total revenue

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

2,545

14,179

16,985

9,339

1,641

44,689

2,775

13,049

10,877

6,926

1,525

35,152

c. Major clients
During the year ended 31 March 2023, four clients individually accounted for more than 10% of the Group’s revenue. The four 
largest clients generated revenues of £6.6 million, £6.3 million, £5.2 million and £4.9million in the year (2022: two clients 
generated revenues of more than 10% totalling £4.9 million and £4.8 million in the year).

5. Operating profit
Operating profit for the year is stated after charging/(crediting):

Staff costs

Other staff-related costs

IT and technology

Professional fees

Occupancy

Depreciation of property, plant and equipment

Depreciation of leased property

Amortisation of intangibles

Auditor fees:

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the audit of the Company’s annual accounts

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor for the audit of subsidiary undertakings

Auditor fees total

Fees payable to the Group’s auditor and its associates for other services:

Audit-related assurance services required by law or regulation

Other non-audit services

Loss on forward FX contracts held to hedge cash flow

Loss on derivative financial instruments held by seed funds

Other exchange losses/(gains)

Investment losses/(gains)

2023
£’000

20,412

1,545

3,582

1,775

1,111

285

375

135

134

191

325

6

15

800

—

(289)

(218)

2022
£’000

16,479

1,352

2,380

1,139

668

357

489

192

72

103

175

5

12

467

42

(141)

4

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

117

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

6. Staff costs
The average number of employees, including Directors, employed by the Group during the year was:

Corporate

Client relationships

Investment research

Operations

Risk management

Support

Annual average

The aggregate costs of the above employees, including Directors, were as follows:

Wages and salaries

Social security costs

Pension costs

Other employment benefit costs

Aggregate staff costs

2023

2022

6

13

18

31

5

15

88

2023
£’000

14,540

2,295

686

2,891

6

14

16

24

5

17

82

2022
£’000

11,931

1,758

635

2,155

20,412

16,479

Other employment benefit costs include share-based payments, share option costs, and costs relating to the Record plc Share 
Incentive Plan.

7. Taxation – Group
Current tax is the tax currently payable based on taxable profit for the year. Current income tax assets and/or liabilities 
comprise those obligations to, or claims from, fiscal authorities relating to the current or prior reporting periods that 
are unpaid at the reporting date. Current tax is payable on taxable profit, which differs from profit or loss in the financial 
statements. Calculation of current tax is based on tax rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by 
the end of the reporting period.

UK current year charge

Overseas taxes

Prior year adjustments

Current tax charge

Origination and reversal of temporary differences

Prior year adjustment

Impact of change in tax rate for deferred tax

Total deferred tax

Tax on profit on ordinary activities

2023
£’000

2,961

64

175

3,200

76

(17)

—

59

2022
£’000

2,006

56

(88)

1,974

(12)

240

23

251

3,259

2,225

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
118 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

7. Taxation – Group continued
The total charge for the year can be reconciled to the accounting profit as follows:

Profit before taxation

Taxation at the standard rate of tax in the UK of 19% (2022: 19%)

Tax effects of:

Other disallowable expenses and non-taxable income

Deferred tax asset not recognised on start-up entities

Higher tax rates on subsidiary undertakings

Prior year adjustment

Change in tax rates

Total tax expense

The tax expense comprises:

Current tax expense

Deferred tax expense

Total tax expense

2023
£’000

14,598

2,774

2022
£’000

10,856

2,062

164

146

15

160

—

(37)

—

15

162

23

3,259

2,225

3,200

59

3,259

1,974

251

2,225

The standard rate of UK corporation tax for the year is 19% (2022: 19%). A full corporation tax computation is prepared at 
the year end. The actual charge as a percentage of the profit before tax may differ from the underlying tax rate. Differences 
typically arise as a result of capital allowances differing from depreciation charged, and certain types of expenditure not being 
deductible for tax purposes. Other differences may also arise. The rate increased to 25% from 1 April 2023.

The tax charge for the year ended 31 March 2023 was 22% of profit before tax (2022: 20%). Other temporary differences for the 
year ended 31 March 2023 include the impact of deferred tax expense of £59k (2022: expense of £251k).

8. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the profit after tax for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the 
parent by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

Diluted earnings per share is calculated as for the basic earnings per share with a further adjustment to the weighted average 
number of ordinary shares to reflect the effects of all potential dilution.

There is no difference between the profit for the financial year attributable to equity holders of the parent used in the basic and 
diluted earnings per share calculations.

Weighted average number of shares used in calculation of basic earnings per share

Effect of potential dilutive ordinary shares – share options

Weighted average number of shares used in calculation of diluted earnings per share

Basic earnings per share

Diluted earnings per share

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

190,483,365 191,068,307

4,830,186

6,230,794

195,313,551

197,299,101

pence

5.95

5.81

pence

4.52

4.37

The potential dilutive shares relate to the share options, JSOP and LTIP awards granted in respect of the Group’s Share Scheme 
(see note 22). There were share options and JSOP awards in place at the beginning of the year over 13,513,045 shares. During 
the year 3,607,836 share options were exercised, 633,125 JSOP awards vested and a further 1,247,502 options lapsed or were 
forfeited. The Group granted 3,810,000 share options and LTIP awards over 2,890,000 shares with a potentially dilutive effect 
during the year. Of the 14,724,582 share options, JSOP and LTIP awards in place at the end of the period, 11,878,815 have a 
dilutive impact at the year end.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

119

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

9. Dividends
Ordinary, special and interim dividends are recognised in the financial statements when paid. Final ordinary dividends are 
required to be approved by shareholders.

The dividends paid by the Group during the year ended 31 March 2023 totalled £9,095,232 (4.77 pence per share), which 
comprised a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2022 of £3,420,850 (1.8 pence per share), a special dividend 
in respect of the year ended 31 March 2022 of £1,748,435 (0.92 pence per share) and an interim dividend for the year ended 
31 March 2023 of £3,925,947 (2.05 pence per share).

The dividends paid by the Group during the year ended 31 March 2022 totalled £6,511,887 (3.40 pence per share), which 
comprised a final dividend in respect of the year ended 31 March 2021 of £2,220,404 (1.15 pence per share), a special dividend 
in respect of the year ended 31 March 2021 of £868,854 (0.45 pence per share) and an interim dividend for the year ended 
31 March 2022 of £3,422,629 (1.80 pence per share).

For the year ended 31 March 2023, a final ordinary dividend of 2.45 pence per share has been proposed and a special dividend of 
0.68 pence per share has been declared, totalling approximately £4.7 million and £1.3 million respectively.

10. Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates defined contribution pension plans for the benefit of employees. The Group makes contributions to 
independently administered plans, such contributions being recognised as an expense when they fall due. The assets of the 
schemes are held separately from those of the Group in independently administered funds.

The Group is not exposed to the particular risks associated with the operation of defined benefit plans and has no legal or 
constructive obligation to make any further payments to the plans other than the contributions due.

The pension cost charge disclosed in note 6 to the accounts represents contributions payable by the Group to the funds.

11. Intangible assets
Intangible assets are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment losses. Amortisation is charged 
to profit or loss on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the intangible assets unless such lives are indefinite. 
Amortisation is included within operating expenses in the statement of comprehensive income. Intangible assets are 
measured from the date they are available for use. Useful lives are as follows:

•  Software – 2 to 5 years.

Amortisation periods and methods are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate.

The Group’s intangible assets comprise both purchased software and the capitalised cost of software deployment. No internal 
costs of software development are capitalised. Internal software costs, which would represent attributable employee costs, 
would be capitalised if they meet the IAS 38 criteria. The carrying amounts can be analysed as follows:

2023 

Cost

At 1 April 2022

Additions

Disposals

At 31 March 2023

Amortisation

At 1 April 2022

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 March 2023

Net book amounts

At 31 March 2023

At 1 April 2022

Software
£’000

Total
£’000

1,475

964

(119)

1,475

964

(119)

2,320

2,320

913

135

(118)

930

913

135

(118)

930

1,390

562

1,390

562

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
120 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

11. Intangible assets continued

2022 

Cost

At 1 April 2021

Additions

At 31 March 2022

Amortisation

At 1 April 2021

Charge for the year

At 31 March 2022

Net book amounts

At 31 March 2022

At 1 April 2021

Software
£’000

1,141

334

1,475

721

192

913

562

420

Total
£’000

1,141

334

1,475

721

192

913

562

420

The annual contractual commitment for the maintenance and support of the above software is £207,253 (2022: £396,710). 
All amortisation charges are included within administrative expenses.

12. Leases 
The Group’s lease arrangements consist of business premises property leases. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed 
periods between three to six years but they may have extension and/or modification options. Lease terms are negotiated 
on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The lease agreements do not impose any 
covenants, but leased assets cannot be used as security for borrowing purposes.

New and modified leases have been recognised as a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at the date at which 
the leased asset is available for use by the Group. Each lease payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. 
The finance cost is charged to profit or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic rate of interest on the 
remaining balance of the liability for each period. The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful 
life and the lease term on a straight-line basis.

Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present value basis. Right-of-use assets include the net 
present value of the lease payments less any lease incentives receivable.

The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the Group’s 
incremental borrowing rate is used, being the rate that the Group would have to pay to borrow the funds necessary to obtain 
an asset of similar value in a similar economic environment with similar terms and conditions. As the Group has no borrowings 
it has estimated the incremental borrowing rate based on interest rate data available in the market, adjusted to reflect 
Record’s creditworthiness, the leased asset in question and the terms and conditions of the lease. For those leases which 
existed prior to the IFRS 16 transition date on 1 April 2019, a discount rate of 4% was used in calculating the lease liability on 
transition.

The leases relevant to the twelve months ended 31 March 2023, and the comparative period, are as described below:

On 7 September 2016, the Group signed a new lease on premises at Second and Third Floors, Morgan House, Madeira Walk, 
Windsor, at an annual commitment of £507,603, expiring on 1 September 2022. On 11 February 2022, the Group signed a lease 
on premises at Second Floor, Morgan House, Madeira Walk, Windsor, at an annual commitment of £267,900, expiring on 
1 September 2026. The 1 September 2022 lease modification has been capitalised and discounted at a rate of 3.95%.

On 1 June 2017, the Group signed a five-year lease on premises in Zürich, at an annual commitment of CHF 49,680. 
On 12 August 2021, the Group extended the lease to 1 June 2027, at an annual commitment of CHF 49,680.

Record assesses whether a contract is, or contains, a lease at the inception of the contract.

Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:

•  the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability;
•  any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received;
•  any initial direct costs; and
•  an estimate of costs to be incurred to restore the assets to the condition required by the terms and conditions of the lease.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

121

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis over the lease term and included within administration costs (note 5).

Net book value of right-of-use assets

Year ended 31 March 2023

Net book value on transition at 1 April 2022

Valuation adjustment on lease modification

Depreciation

Net book value at 31 March 2023

Year ended 31 March 2022

Net book value at 1 April 2021

Addition

Depreciation

Net book value at 31 March 2022

Lease liabilities

Year ended 31 March 2023

Current

Non-current

Total lease liabilities

At 1 April 2022

Additions

Interest expense

Lease - principal payments

Lease - interest payments

Valuation adjustment on lease modification

Foreign exchange movements

At 31 March 2023

Year ended 31 March 2022

Current

Non-current

Total lease liabilities

At 1 April 2021

Additions

Interest expense

Lease payments

Lease interest payments

Foreign exchange movements

At 31 March 2022

Group
£’000

1,421

(35)

(375)

1,011

Group
£’000

684

1,226

(489)

1,421

Group
£’000

285

694

979

Group
£’000

1,326

—

55

(315)

(55)

(35)

3

979

Group
£’000

366

960

1,326

Group
£’000

638

1,226

17

(540)

(17)

2

Company
£’000

1,232

(23)

(338)

871

Company
£’000

642

1,043

(453)

1,232

Company
£’000

251

583

834

Company
£’000

1,138

—

41

(280)

(43)

(22)

—

834

Company
£’000

326

812

1,138

Company
£’000

597

1,042

16

(501)

(16)

—

1,326

1,138

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
122 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

12. Leases continued
Lease payments
At 31 March 2023, the undiscounted operating lease payments on an annual basis are as follows:

Maturity of lease liability at 31 March 2023

Within 1 year 

1-2 years

2-3 years

After 3 years

Total lease liability before discounting

Group
£’000

320

320

320

85

1,045

Company
£’000

280

280

280

47

887

The remainder of the movement in the lease liability relates to non-cash movements. The lease term is determined as the 
non-cancellable period of a lease, together with periods covered by an option to extend the lease if the Group considers that 
exercise of the option is reasonably certain.

13. Property, plant and equipment – Group
All property, plant and equipment assets are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property, 
plant and equipment is provided to write off the cost, less residual value, on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful 
life as follows:

•  leasehold improvements – period from lease commencement to the earlier of the lease termination date and the next rent 

review date;

•  computer equipment – 2 to 5 years; and
•  fixtures and fittings – 4 to 6 years.

Residual values, remaining useful economic lives and depreciation methods are reviewed annually and adjusted if appropriate. 
Gains or losses on disposal are included in profit or loss.

The Group’s property, plant and equipment comprise leasehold improvements, computer equipment and fixtures and fittings. 
The carrying amount can be analysed as follows:

2023 

Cost

At 1 April 2022

Additions

Disposals

At 31 March 2023

Depreciation

At 1 April 2022

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 March 2023

Net book amounts

At 31 March 2023

At 1 April 2022

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

Fixtures
and fittings
£’000

693

116

(33)

776

642

68

(33)

677

99

51

1,056

148

(181)

1,023

718

204

(170)

752

271

338

293

8

(70)

231

281

13

(70)

224

7

12

Total
£’000

2,042

272

(284)

2,030

1,641

285

(273)

1,653

377

401

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

123

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

2022 

Cost

At 1 April 2021

Additions

Disposals

At 31 March 2022

Depreciation

At 1 April 2021

Charge for the year

Disposals

At 31 March 2022

Net book amounts

At 31 March 2022

At 1 April 2021

Leasehold
improvements
£’000

Computer
equipment
£’000

Fixtures
and fittings
£’000

693

—

—

693

520

122

—

642

51

173

983

73

—

1,056

515

203

—

718

338

468

305

2

(14)

293

263

32

(14)

281

12

42

The Group’s tangible non-current assets are located predominantly in the UK.

14. Investments

Investment in subsidiaries at cost

Capitalised investment in respect of share-based payments

Investment in equity reserve of subsidiary

Investment in funds 

Investment in impact bonds

Other investments

Total direct investments

Group

2023
£’000

—

—

—

2,530

770

1,601

4,901

2022
£’000

—

—

—

1,070

2,177

200

3,447

Company

2023
£’000

2,069

2,932

1,095

1,965

—

1,001

9,062

Total
£’000

1,981

75

(14)

2,042

1,298

357

(14)

1,641

401

683

2022
£’000

2,069

2,018

—

942

—

—

5,029

Other investments includes £600k invested directly in the share capital of start-up companies in the digital asset sector 
(2022: £200k) through Record Digital. Also included is £1 million invested into a separate investment strategy to test the 
viability of a potential new product offering in a diverse set of alternative assets.

During the year, the Group signed commitments totalling $823,507 (£804,384), which were fully called up in the year. At the 
beginning of the year, the Group had existing commitments of $383,100 (£309,839) of which $78,100 (£63,165) was called up 
in the year, leaving a balance of $305,000 (£246,674) which may or may not be called up in future (see note 26: contingent 
liabilities for further information).

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
124 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

14. Investments continued
Company
Investments in subsidiaries
Investments in subsidiaries are shown at cost less impairment losses. The capitalised investment in respect of share-based 
payments offered by subsidiaries is equal to the cumulative fair value of the amounts payable to employees recognised as an 
expense by the subsidiary.

Investment in subsidiaries (at cost)

Record Currency Management Limited

Record Group Services Limited

Record Portfolio Management Limited

Record Currency Management (US) Inc.

Record Currency Management (Switzerland) GmbH

Record Digital Asset Ventures Limited

Record Asset Management GmbH

Record Fund Management Limited

N P Record Trustees Limited

Total investment in subsidiaries (at cost)

Capitalised investment in respect of share‑based payments

Record Group Services Limited

Record Currency Management (US) Inc.

Record Currency Management (Switzerland) GmbH

Total capitalised investment in respect of share‑based payments

Total investment in subsidiaries

Particulars of subsidiary undertakings

2023
£’000

2022
£’000

10

10

10

—

16

10

10

10

—

16

2,000

2,000

23

—

—

23

—

—

2,069

2,069

2,530

89

316

2,935

5,004

1,801

89

129

2,019

4,088

Name

Nature of business

Record Currency Management Limited

Currency management services (FCA, SEC and CFTC registered)

Record Group Services Limited

Management services to other Group undertakings

Record Currency Management (US) Inc.

US advisory and service company (SEC and CFTC registered) 

Record Currency Management (Switzerland) GmbH

Swiss advisory and service company

Record Digital Asset Ventures Limited

UK company investing in opportunities linked to innovation 
and research surrounding digital assets

Record Asset Management GmbH

German advisory and service company

RAM Strategies GmbH

German consultant and distribution agent

Record Portfolio Management Limited

Record Fund Management Limited

N P Record Trustees Limited

Dormant

Dormant

Dormant trust company

The Group’s interest in the equity capital of subsidiary undertakings is 100% of the ordinary share capital in all cases. Record 
Currency Management (US) Inc. is incorporated in Delaware (registered office: Corporation Service Company, 251 Little Falls 
Drive, Wilmington, DE 19808), Record Currency Management (Switzerland) GmbH is incorporated in Zürich (registered office: 
Münsterhof 14, 8001 Zürich) and Record Asset Management GmbH and RAM Strategies GmbH are incorporated in Germany 
(registered office: Königsallee 92a, 40212 Düsseldorf). All other subsidiaries are incorporated in the UK and have the registered 
office at Morgan House , Madeira Walk, Windsor, Berkshire, SL4 1EP. All investments in subsidiaries are directly held with the 
exception of RAM Strategies which is held 100% indirectly through the Company’s 100% holding in Record Asset Management 
GmbH.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

125

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

Capitalised investment in respect of share-based payments
The accounting treatment of capitalised investment in respect of share-based payments can be found in note 22.

Group
Entities are consolidated on a line-by-line basis where the Group has determined that a controlling interest exists through an 
investment holding in the entity, in accordance with IFRS 10 – “Consolidated Financial Statements”. Otherwise, investments in 
entities are measured at fair value through profit or loss.

15. Deferred taxation – Group
Deferred tax is the future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts and tax bases of assets 
and liabilities shown on the statement of financial position. The amount of deferred tax provided is based on the expected 
manner of recovery or settlement of the carrying amount of assets and liabilities, using tax rates enacted or substantively 
enacted at the statement of financial position date.

A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against 
which the asset can be utilised. The carrying amounts of the deferred tax assets are reviewed at each statement of financial 
position date and reduced to the extent that it is no longer probable that sufficient taxable profit will be available to allow all or 
part of the asset to be recovered.

A deferred tax liability is generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences.

Deferred tax assets or liabilities arising on goodwill are not recognised but are however recognised on separately identifiable 
intangible assets. Deferred tax arising on the initial recognition of an asset or liability, other than a business combination, that 
at the time of the transaction affects neither the accounting profit or loss nor the taxable profit or loss, is not recognised.

Opening balance deferred tax asset/(liability)

Current year movement

Prior year adjustment

Deferred tax in Equity

Closing balance deferred tax asset/(liability)

The deferred tax asset consists of the tax effect of temporary differences in respect of:

Deferred tax allowance on unvested share options and LTIP awards

Excess of taxation allowances over depreciation on fixed assets

Total

2023
£’000

 253 

(72) 

 14 

(61) 

 134 

2023
£’000

366

(232)

134

2022
£’000

 212 

(251) 

 292 

 253 

2022
£’000

393

(140)

253

At the year end there were share options and LTIP awards not exercised with an intrinsic value for tax purposes of £1,937,599 
(2022: £4,287,634). On exercise, the Group will be entitled to a corporation tax deduction in respect of the difference between 
the exercise price and the strike price. The Group has losses in relation to overseas entities totalling £766k (2022: £438k) which 
are available to carry forward against future profits. No deferred tax asset has been recognised in respect of these in the 
current or prior year as there is uncertainty as to when these losses will be reversed. Deferred tax has been calculated based 
on the future tax rate of 25% for differences from 1 April 2023. It is subject to change if tax rates change in future years.  

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
126 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

16. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the 
effective interest method, less loss allowances. The amortised cost of trade and other receivables is stated at original invoice 
value, as the interest that would be recognised from discounting future cash receipts over the short credit period is not 
considered to be material.

An analysis of receivables is provided below:

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Other receivables

Prepayments

Total

Group

Company

2023
£’000

10,185

1,743

685

1,760

14,373

2022
£’000

8,231

25

497

1,130

9,883

2023
£’000

1,538

—

26

864

2,428

2022
£’000

3,441

—

38

43

3,522

All amounts are short-term. The Directors consider that the carrying amount of trade and other receivables approximates 
to their fair value. The Group has not renegotiated the terms of any receivables in the year ended 31 March 2023. The Group’s 
trade receivables are generally short-term and do not contain significant financing components. 

The Group applies the IFRS 9 simplified approach to measuring ECLs for trade receivables at an amount equal to lifetime ECLs. 
The ECLs on trade receivables are calculated based on actual historic credit loss experience over the preceding 25 years on 
the total balance of non-credit impaired trade receivables, adjusted to incorporate any relevant forward looking information. 
The Group has therefore concluded that the ECLs for trade receivables are reasonable. The Group does not expect to incur any 
credit losses and has not recognised any ECLs in the current year (2022: £nil).

Accrued income relates to accrued management and performance fees earned but not yet invoiced.

17. Derivative financial assets and liabilities
Derivative financial instruments are initially recognised at cost on the date on which the contract is first entered into, unless 
the fair value at acquisition is different to cost, in which case fair value is recognised. Subsequently they are measured at fair 
value with gains and losses recognised in profit or loss. Transaction costs are immediately recognised in profit or loss. The fair 
values of derivative financial instruments are determined by reference to active market transactions.

The Group holds derivative financial instruments for two purposes. The Group uses forward foreign exchange contracts to 
reduce the risk associated with assets denominated in foreign currencies, and additionally uses both foreign exchange options 
and forward foreign exchange contracts in order to achieve a return within the seed funds. The instruments are recognised at 
fair value. The fair value of the contracts is calculated using the market rates prevailing at the period end date. The net gain or 
loss on instruments is included within other income or expense.

Derivative financial assets

Forward foreign exchange contracts held to hedge non-sterling-based assets

Forward foreign exchange contracts held for trading

Total

Derivative financial liabilities

Forward foreign exchange contracts held to hedge non-sterling-based assets

Forward foreign exchange contracts held for trading

Total

2023
£’000

31

23

54

2023
£’000

(5)

—

(5)

2022
£’000

—

—

—

2022
£’000

(15)

(109)

(124)

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

127

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

Derivative financial instruments held to hedge non-sterling-based assets
At 31 March 2023 there were outstanding contracts with a principal value of £8,647,055 (31 March 2022: £9,085,804) for the 
sale of foreign currencies in the normal course of business. The fair value of the contracts is calculated using the market 
forward contract rates prevailing at 31 March 2023. The Group does not apply hedge accounting.

The net gain or loss on forward foreign exchange contracts held to hedge non-sterling-based assets is as follows:

Derivative financial instruments held to hedge non‑sterling‑based assets

Net loss on forward foreign exchange contracts at fair value through profit or loss

2023
£’000

800

2022
£’000

467

Derivative financial instruments held for trading
The Record – Currency Multi-Strategy Fund may use a variety of instruments including forward foreign exchange contracts, 
options and futures in order to achieve a return. 

All derivative financial instruments held by the Record – Currency Multi-Strategy Fund were classified as held for trading until 
termination in June 2021.

At 31 March 2023 there were outstanding contracts with a principal value of £nil (31 March 2022: £nil).

The net gain or loss on derivative financial instruments held for trading for the year was as follows:

Derivative financial instruments held to hedge non‑sterling‑based assets

Net loss on forward foreign exchange contracts and foreign exchange options at fair value 
through profit or loss

2023
£’000

—

2022
£’000

42

18. Cash management
The Group’s cash management strategy employs a variety of treasury management instruments including cash, money market 
deposits and treasury bills. Whilst the Group manages and considers all of these instruments as cash, which are subject to its 
own internal cash management process, not all of these instruments are classified as cash or cash equivalents under IFRS.

IFRS defines cash and cash equivalents as cash in hand, on demand and collateral deposits held with banks, and other 
short-term highly liquid investments that are readily convertible to a known amount of cash and are subject to an insignificant 
risk of changes in value. Moreover, instruments can only generally be classified as cash and cash equivalents where they are 
held for the purpose of meeting short-term cash commitments rather than for investment or other purposes.

In the Group’s judgement, bank deposits and treasury bills with maturities in excess of three months do not meet the definition 
of short-term or highly liquid and are held for purposes other than meeting short-term commitments. In accordance with 
IFRS, these instruments are not categorised as cash or cash equivalents and are disclosed as money market instruments with 
maturities >3 months from origination.

Assets managed as cash 

Bank deposits with maturities > 3 months

Money market instruments with maturities > 3 months

Cash 

Cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents

Total assets managed as cash 

Group

Company

2023
£’000

4,549

4,549

6,405

3,543

9,948

14,497

2022
£’000

13,913

13,913

3,345

—

3,345

17,258

2023
£’000

—

—

213

—

213

213

2022
£’000

—

—

43

—

43

43

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
128 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

18. Cash management continued

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents – sterling

Cash and cash equivalents – USD

Cash and cash equivalents – CHF

Cash and cash equivalents – other currencies

Total cash and cash equivalents

Group

Company

2023
£’000

6,632

821

748

1,747

9,948

2022
£’000

1,169

450

318

1,408

3,345

2023
£’000

212

1

—

—

213

2022
£’000

43

—

—

—

43

Details of how the Group manages credit risk are provided in note 23.

19. Current liabilities
Trade and other payables are stated at their original invoice value, as the interest that would be recognised from discounting 
future cash payments over the short payment period is not considered to be material.

Trade and other payables

Trade payables

Amounts owed to Group undertakings

Other payables

Other tax and social security

Accruals

Total

Group

Company

2023
£’000

221

—

—

716

5,074

6,011

2022
£’000

478

—

16

619

3,608

4,721

2023
£’000

—

4,953

—

—

2

2022
£’000

—

4,155

—

—

6

4,955

4,161

Accruals include £3,637,640 for the Group Bonus Scheme (31 March 2022: £2,506,656). The Directors consider that the carrying 
amount of trade and other payables approximates to their fair value.

Current tax liabilities

Corporation tax

Group

Company

2023
£’000

1,329

2022
£’000

924

2023
£’000

—

2022
£’000

—

20. Provisions
The Group has provisions reflecting its contractual obligations connected to reaching the end of its contractual lease terms.

Provisions

Group

Company

2023
£’000

122

2022
£’000

200

2023
£’000

122

2022
£’000

200

The provision relates to an obligation to pay for dilapidations in connection with the Group’s office lease on the second floor of 
Morgan House, Windsor, further information for which is included in note 12.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

129

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

21. Issued share capital
The share capital of Record plc consists only of fully paid ordinary shares with a par value of 0.025p each. All shares are 
equally eligible to receive dividends and the repayment of capital and represent one vote at the shareholders’ meeting.

Authorised

Ordinary shares of 0.025p each

Called‑up, allotted and fully paid

Ordinary shares of 0.025p each

2023

2022

£’000

Number

£’000

Number

100 400,000,000

100 400,000,000

50 199,054,325

50 199,054,325

Movement in Record plc shares held by the Record plc Employee Benefit Trust (“EBT”)
The EBT was formed to hold shares acquired under the Record plc share-based compensation plans. Under IFRS the EBT is 
considered to be under de facto control of the Group, and has therefore been consolidated into the Group financial statements.

Neither the purchase nor sale of own shares leads to a gain or loss being recognised in the Group statement of comprehensive 
income.

Record plc shares held by EBT as at 31 March 2021

Adjustment for net purchases by EBT

Record plc shares held by EBT as at 31 March 2022

Adjustment for net purchases by EBT

Record plc shares held by EBT as at 31 March 2023

Number

6,296,657

3,335,374

9,632,031

(897,029)

8,735,002

The holding of the EBT comprises own shares that have not vested unconditionally to employees of the Group. Own shares are 
recorded at cost and are deducted from retained earnings.

Further information regarding the Record plc share-based compensation plans and relevant transactions made during the 
year is included in note 22.

22. Share-based payments
During the year ended 31 March 2023 the Group has managed the following share-based compensation plans: 

•  the Record plc Bonus Scheme (previously the Group Profit Share Scheme): share awards issued under the Bonus Scheme are 

classified as share-based payments with cash alternatives under IFRS 2;

•  the Record plc Share Scheme: share options issued under the Record plc Share Scheme are classified as equity-settled 

share-based payments under IFRS 2;

•  the Record plc Share Incentive Plan: the Group operates the Record plc Share Incentive Plan (“SIP”) to encourage more 

widespread ownership of Record plc shares by employees. The SIP is a tax-approved scheme offering attractive tax savings 
for employees retaining their shares in the scheme over the medium to long term; 

•  the Record plc Jointly Owned Share Plan: participants’ interests awarded under the Jointly Owned Share Plan (“JSOP”) are 

classified as equity-settled share-based payments under IFRS 2; and

•  the Record Long-Term Incentive Plan: participants’ interests awarded under the Long-Term Incentive Plan (“LTIP”) are 

classified as equity-settled share-based payments under IFRS 2.

All obligations arising from the five schemes have been fulfilled through purchasing shares in the market.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
130 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

22. Share-based payments continued
a. Bonus Scheme
Share-based payments with cash alternatives
These transactions are compound financial instruments, which include a debt element and a cash element. The fair value 
of the debt component of the amounts payable to the employee is calculated as the cash amount alternative offered to the 
employee at grant date and the fair value of the equity component of the amount payable to the employee is calculated as the 
market value of the share award at grant date less the cash forfeited in order to receive the share award. The debt component 
is charged to profit or loss over the period in which the award is earned and remeasured at fair value at each reporting date. 
The equity component is charged to profit or loss over the period in which the award is earned.

The Bonus Scheme allocates a proportion of operating profits to a profit share pool to be distributed between all employees 
of the Group. The Remuneration Committee has the discretion to vary the proportion allocated to the Bonus pool between 
25% and 35% of operating profits. Directors and senior employees receive one-third of their Bonus in cash, one-third in 
shares (“Earned Shares”) and may elect to receive the final third as cash only or to allocate some, or all, of the amount for the 
purchase of Additional Shares. The charge to profit or loss in respect of Earned Shares in the period was £2,047,328 (2022: 
£1,463,802). Other employees receive two-thirds of their profit share in cash and may elect to receive the final third as cash 
only or to allocate some, or all, of the amount for the purchase of Additional Shares.

All shares which are the subject of share awards vest immediately and are transferred to a nominee, allowing the employee, 
as beneficial owner, to retain full rights in respect of the shares purchased. Shares awarded under the Bonus Scheme are 
subject to restrictions over subsequent sale and transfer and these restrictions are automatically lifted over one-third on 
each anniversary of the profit share payment date for the next three years. In the meantime, these shares cannot be sold, 
transferred or otherwise disposed of without the consent of the Remuneration Committee.

The Bonus Scheme rules contain clawback provisions allowing for the repayment of Bonus payments under certain 
circumstances, including a material breach of contract, an error in performance of duties or a restatement of accounts which 
leads to a change in any prior award under the scheme.

b. The Record plc Share Scheme
Equity-settled share-based payments
The fair value of the amounts payable to employees under these awards is recognised as an expense over the vesting period 
of the award, with a corresponding increase in equity. All such awards made by the Group involve the parent company granting 
rights to its equity instruments to employees of its subsidiary. Consequently, the subsidiary measures the services received 
from its employees in accordance with the above classification under IFRS 2 and recognises a corresponding increase in equity 
as a contribution from the parent. The parent has the obligation to settle the transaction with the subsidiary’s employees and 
therefore recognises an increase in its investment in the subsidiary and a corresponding increase in equity.

The fair value of options granted is measured at grant date using an appropriate valuation model, taking into account the terms 
and conditions upon which the instruments were granted including any market or performance conditions, and using quoted 
share prices.

The Record plc Share Scheme allows deferred share awards to be granted to employees and Directors in the Record Group. 
Part 1 of the scheme allows the grant of tax-unapproved (“Unapproved”) options to employees and Directors and Part 2 allows 
the grant of HMRC tax-approved (“Approved”) options to employees and Directors. Each participant may be granted Approved 
options over shares with a total market value of up to £30,000 on the date of grant. There is no such limit on the value of grant 
for Unapproved options, which have historically been granted with a market value exercise price in the same way as for the 
Approved options.

Options over an aggregate of 3,810,000 shares were granted under the Share Scheme during the year (2022: 3,747,500), of 
which options over 814,000 shares were granted as Approved options and options over 2,996,000 shares were granted as 
Unapproved options (2022: 195,000 granted as Approved options and 3,552,500 granted as Unapproved options). All Approved 
and Unapproved options were granted with an exercise price per share equal to the share price prevailing at the time of grant. 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

131

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

The 588,000 Approved options issued to employees on 13 May 2022 all become exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the 
date of grant, subject to the employee being in employment with the Group at the relevant vesting date and to the extent 
performance conditions have been satisfied.

The 2,052,000 Unapproved options issued to employees on 13 May 2022 each become exercisable in four equal tranches on the 
first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the employee being in employment with the Group at 
the relevant vesting date and to the extent performance conditions have been satisfied.

The 26,000 Approved options issued to employees on 29 June 2022 all become exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the 
date of grant, subject to the employee being in employment with the Group at the relevant vesting date and to the extent 
performance conditions have been satisfied.

The 199,000 Unapproved options issued to employees on 29 June 2022 each become exercisable in four equal tranches on the 
first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the employee being in employment with the Group at 
the relevant vesting date and to the extent performance conditions have been satisfied.

The 50,000 Approved options issued to employees on 2 August 2022 all become exercisable on the fourth anniversary of the 
date of grant, subject to the employee being in employment with the Group at the relevant vesting date and to the extent 
performance conditions have been satisfied.

The 70,000 Unapproved options issued to employees on 3 August 2022 each become exercisable in four equal tranches on the 
first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the employee being in employment with the Group at 
the relevant vesting date and to the extent performance conditions have been satisfied.

The 150,000 Approved options issued to employees on 27 January 2023 all become exercisable on the fourth anniversary of 
the date of grant, subject to the employee being in employment with the Group at the relevant vesting date and to the extent 
performance conditions have been satisfied.

The 675,000 Unapproved options issued to employees on 27 January 2023 each become exercisable in four equal tranches 
on the first, second, third and fourth anniversary of the date of grant, subject to the employee being in employment with the 
Group at the relevant vesting date and to the extent performance conditions have been satisfied.

The fair value of the services provided by employees has been calculated indirectly by reference to the fair value of the equity 
instruments granted. Fair value amounts for the options granted in the year ended 31 March 2023, and for which a charge to profit 
or loss was made in the year, were determined using a Black-Scholes option-pricing method and the following assumptions:

Model input 

Share price 

Dividend yield

Exercise price

Expected volatility

Option life

Risk-free interest rate (%)

Weighted
average value

76.0p

7.21%

76.0p

48%

3 years

2.7%

Expected volatility is based on historical volatility.

The Group share-based payment expense in respect of the Share Scheme was £569,136 for the year ended 31 March 2023 
(2022: £530,779).

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
132 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

22. Share-based payments continued
b. The Record plc Share Scheme continued
Outstanding share options
At 31 March 2023, the total number of ordinary shares of 0.025p outstanding under Record plc share compensation schemes 
was 10,560,207 (2022: 11,605,545). These deferred share awards and options are over issued shares, a proportion of which are 
hedged by shares held in an EBT. Details of outstanding share options awarded to employees are set out below:

Date of grant 

26/01/18

26/01/18

26/01/18

26/01/18

29/03/19

29/03/19

21/08/19

18/03/20

21/09/20

25/01/21

09/03/21

13/08/21

13/08/21

13/08/21

13/05/22

13/05/22

29/06/22

29/06/22

02/08/22

03/08/22

27/01/23

27/01/23

At 1 April 
2022

155,000

5,125

17,334

644,336

460,000

185,000

1,985,000

1,237,500

2,818,750

225,000

125,000

195,000

2,600,000

952,500

Granted

Exercised

Lapsed/
forfeited

At 31 March 
2023

Earliest vesting 
date

Latest vesting 
date1

Exercise 
price

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(155,000)

(5,125)

—

—

—

—

(17,334)

(644,336)

(460,000)

(92,500)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

26/01/22

26/01/22

£0.4350

26/01/20

26/01/22

£0.4350

26/01/21

26/01/23

£0.4350

26/01/21

26/01/23

£0.4350

29/03/23

29/03/23

£0.2830

92,500

29/03/20

29/03/23

£0.2830

(330,836)

(330,832)

1,323,332

21/08/22

21/08/24

£0.3110

(475,000)

(1,106,250)

(75,000)

(31,250)

—

—

—

—

762,500

18/03/21

18/03/24

£0.28902

1,712,500

21/09/21

21/09/24

£0.3730

150,000

25/01/22

25/01/25

£0.49425

93,750

09/03/22

09/03/25

£0.63986

—

(35,000)

160,000

13/08/25

13/08/25

£0.85713

(650,000)

— 1,950,000

13/08/22

13/08/25

£0.4000

(226,875)

(45,000)

680,625

13/08/22

13/08/25

£0.85713

— 

588,000

— 2,052,000

—

—

—

—

—

—

26,000

199,000

50,000

70,000

150,000

675,000

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

588,000

13/05/26

13/05/26

£0.698708

(75,000)

1,977,000

13/05/23

13/05/26

£0.698708

—

—

26,000

29/06/26

29/06/26

£0.729609

199,000

29/06/23

29/06/26

£0.729609

(50,000)

—

02/08/26

02/08/26

£0.717197

(50,000)

20,000

03/08/23

03/08/26

£0.717197

—

—

150,000

27/01/27

27/01/27

£0.972835

675,000

27/01/24

27/01/27

£0.972835

Total options

11,605,545

3,810,000

(3,607,836)

(1,247,502) 10,560,207

Weighted average 
exercise price of 
options

£0.41

£0.76

£0.39

£0.47

£0.54

1.  Under the terms of the deeds of grants, options are exercisable for twelve months following the vesting date.

During the year 3,607,836 options were exercised. The weighted average share price at date of exercise was £0.81. At 
31 March 2023, a total of 473,750 options had vested and were exercisable (2022: 946,375). At 31 March 2023, the weighted 
average exercise price of the options vested and exercisable was £0.31 (2022: £0.35) and the weighted average contractual 
life was three years (2022: two years).

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

133

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

Performance measures
Performance conditions attached to all options granted to Board Directors differ to those granted for all other staff. All 
Executive Director option awards are subject to a performance condition and vest on each of the third, fourth and fifth 
anniversaries of the date of grant subject to an earnings per share (“EPS”) hurdle linked to the annualised EPS growth for the 
respective three, four and five-year periods from grant. Vesting is on a stepped basis, with 25% of each tranche vesting if EPS 
growth over the relevant period is at least RPI plus 4% per annum, increasing through 50%, 75% and with 100% vesting if EPS 
growth exceeds RPI plus 13%, as shown in the table below. Options awarded subject to EPS performance conditions are valued 
using a Black-Scholes model, adjusted for the impact of the performance conditions.

Record’s average EPS growth

>RPI growth + 13%

>RPI growth + 10%, =RPI growth + 7%, =RPI growth + 4%, = 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

2023
£’000

10,185

1,743

685

54

4,549

9,948

27,164

2022
£’000

8,231

25

497

—

13,913

3,345

26,011

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
138 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

23. Financial risk management continued
Credit risk continued
The debtors’ age analysis is also evaluated on a regular basis for expected credit losses. It is management’s opinion that there 
is no requirement to provide for any expected credit losses. The table below is an analysis of trade receivables and accrued 
income by due date:

At 31 March 2023 

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Total

At 31 March 2022 

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Total

Carrying
amount
£’000

10,185

1,743

11,928

Carrying
amount
£’000

8,231

25

8,256

Neither 
impaired nor 
past due
£’000

0‑3 months
past due
£’000

More than
3 months
past due
£’000

9,775

1,743

11,518

97%

309

—

309

2%

101

—

101

1%

Neither 
impaired nor 
past due
£’000

0‑3 months
past due
£’000

More than
3 months
past due
£’000

8,231

25

8,256

100%

—

—

—

0%

—

—

—

0%

The Group offers standard credit terms of 30 days from invoice date. It is the Group’s policy to assess debtors for expected 
loss on an individual basis and to make a provision where it is considered necessary. In assessing recoverability, the Group 
takes into account any indicators of impairment up to the reporting date, adjusting to incorporate any relevant forward looking 
information. The application of this policy generally results in debts that are past due not being provided for unless individual 
circumstances indicate that a debt is impaired.

Trade receivables are made up of 113 debtors’ balances (2022: 91). The largest individual debtor corresponds to 16% of the 
total balance (2022: 16%). Debtor days, based on the generally accepted calculation of debtor days, is 83 days (2022: 85 days). 
This reflects the quarterly billing cycle used by the Group for the vast majority of its fees. As at 31 March 2023, 3% of debt was 
overdue (2022: 0%). No debtors’ balances have been renegotiated during the year or in the prior year.

Liquidity risk
The Group is exposed to liquidity risk, namely that it may be unable to meet its payment obligations as they fall due. The Group 
maintains sufficient cash and marketable securities to be able to meet all such obligations. Management review cash flow 
forecasts on a regular basis to determine whether the Group has sufficient cash reserves to meet the future working capital 
requirements and to take advantage of business opportunities. The average creditor payment period is 9 days (2022: 28 days).

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

139

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

Contractual maturity analysis for financial liabilities

At 31 March 2023 

Trade payables

Accruals

Derivative financial liabilities

Total

At 31 March 2022 

Trade payables

Accruals

Derivative financial liabilities

Total

Carrying
amount
£’000

221

5,074

5

5,300

Carrying
amount
£’000

478

3,608

124

4,210

Due or due
in less than
1 month
£’000

Due between
1 and 
3 months
£’000

Due between
3 months
and 1 year
£’000

221

486

—

707

—

2,001

5

2,006

—

2,587

—

2,587

Due or due
in less than
1 month
£’000

Due between
1 and 
3 months
£’000

Due between
3 months
and 1 year
£’000

318

302

7

627

29

1,503

117

1,649

131

1,803

—

1,934

Lease liabilities are not included within the table below, please see note 12 for further details.

Interest rate risk
Interest rate risk is the risk that the value of a financial instrument or cash flows associated with the instrument will fluctuate 
due to changes in market interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from interest-bearing financial assets and liabilities held by 
the Group. Interest-bearing assets comprise money market instruments and cash and cash equivalents which are considered 
to be short-term liquid assets. It is the Group’s policy to settle trade payables within the credit terms allowed and the Group 
does not therefore incur interest on overdue balances.

A sensitivity analysis has not been disclosed for the impact of interest rate changes as any reasonable range of change in 
interest rate would not directly have a material impact on profit or equity.

Interest rate profiles

At 31 March 2023 

Financial assets

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Other receivables

Derivative financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Money market instruments with maturities > 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Accruals

Lease liability

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Total financial liabilities

Fixed rate
£’000

No 
interest rate
£’000

—

—

—

—

4,549

9,948

10,185

1,743

685

54

—

—

Total
£’000

10,185

1,743

685

54

4,549

9,948

14,497

12,667

27,164

—

—

—

—

—

(221)

(221)

(5,074)

(5,074)

(979)

(5)

(979)

(5)

(6,279)

(6,279)

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
140 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

23. Financial risk management continued
Interest rate profiles continued

At 31 March 2022 

Financial assets

Trade receivables

Accrued income

Other receivables

Money market instruments with maturities > 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Total financial assets

Financial liabilities

Trade payables

Accruals

Lease liability

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Total financial liabilities

Fixed rate
£’000

No 
interest rate
£’000

Total
£’000

—

—

—

13,913

3,345

17,258

—

—

—

—

—

8,231

8,231

25

497

—

—

8,753

(478)

(3,608)

(1,326)

(124)

25

497

13,913

3,345

26,011

(478)

(3,608)

(1,326)

(124)

(5,536)

(5,536)

Foreign currency risk
Foreign currency risk refers to the risk that the value of a financial commitment or recognised asset or liability will fluctuate 
due to changes in foreign currency rates. The Group makes use of forward foreign exchange contracts to manage the risk 
relating to future transactions in accordance with the Group’s risk management policy. 

The Group is exposed to foreign currency risk on revenue invoices and cash holdings that are denominated in a currency 
other than sterling, and also on assets and liabilities held by the Record Currency – Strategy Development Fund. The principal 
currencies giving rise to this risk are the US dollar, the Swiss franc, the euro and the Canadian dollar.

During the year ended 31 March 2023, the Group invoiced the following amounts in currencies other than sterling:

US dollar (USD)

Swiss franc (CHF)

Euro (EUR) 

Canadian dollar (CAD)

Australian dollar (AUD)

Japanese yen (JPY)

Swedish krona (SEK)

Singapore dollar (SGD)

2023

2022

Local 
currency
value
£’000

24,978

16,138

4,293

1,618

1,089

8,795

—

—

Value in
reporting
currency
£’000

20,869

14,223

3,748

1,014

612

54

—

—

Local 
currency
value
£’000

23,949

12,460

4,135

1,626

1,029

4,824

36

4

Value in
reporting
currency
£’000

17,742

10,010

3,498

960

563

31

3

2

The value of revenues for the year ended 31 March 2023 that were denominated in currencies other than sterling was 
£40.2 million (31 March 2022: £32.8 million).

Record’s policy is to reduce the risk associated with the Group’s revenues denominated in foreign currencies by using 
forward fixed rate currency sales contracts, taking into account any forecast foreign currency cash flows.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

141

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

The settlement of these forward foreign exchange contracts is expected to occur within the following three months. 
Changes in the fair values of forward foreign exchange contracts are recognised directly in profit or loss.

The cash denominated in currencies other than sterling (refer to note 18) is covered by the Group’s hedging process, 
therefore the Directors consider that the foreign currency risk on cash balances is not material.

Foreign currency risk – sensitivity analysis
The Group has considered the sensitivity to exchange rate movements by considering the impact on those revenues, 
costs, assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies as experienced in the given period.

Sterling weakening by 10% against the dollar

Sterling strengthening by 10% against the dollar 

Sterling weakening by 10% against the Swiss franc 

Sterling strengthening by 10% against the Swiss franc

Impact on profit after tax
for the year ended 31 March

Impact on total equity 
as at 31 March

2023
£’000

1,000

(1,000)

755

(755)

2022
£’000

871

(871)

445

(445)

2023
£’000

1,000

(1,000)

755

(755)

2022
£’000

871

(871)

445

(445)

Sterling/US dollar exchange rate
The impact of a change of 10% has been selected as this is considered reasonable given the current level of exchange rates 
and the volatility observed on a historical basis and market expectations for future movement. When applied to the average 
sterling/USD exchange rate of £1 = $1.20 this would result in sterling weakening to £1 = $1.09 and sterling strengthening to 
£1 = $1.33.

Sterling/Swiss franc exchange rate
The impact of a change of 10% has been selected as this is considered reasonable given the current level of exchange 
rates and the volatility observed on a historical basis and market expectations for future movement. When applied to the 
average sterling/CHF exchange rate of £1 = CHF 1.13 this would result in sterling weakening to £1 = CHF 1.03 and sterling 
strengthening to £1 = CHF 1.26.

Sensitivity analyses have not been disclosed for other currencies as any reasonable range of change in exchange rate 
would not have a material impact on profit or equity.

Concentration risk 
The Group is exposed to concentration risk in respect of product, client type and geographical location, which could lead to 
over-reliance on any one category of revenue. Note 4 provides detail on clients contributing greater than 10% of revenue. 
Mitigating activities are detailed in the Risk management section on page 51.

Concentration risk – sensitivity analysis 
The Group has considered the impact of losing the Group’s largest client, assuming that only variable remuneration costs can 
be reduced in the short term.

Loss of largest client

Impact on profit after tax
for the year ended 31 March

Impact on total equity
as at 31 March

2023
£’000

3,486

2022
£’000

2,594

2023
£’000

3,486

2022
£’000

2,594

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
142 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

24. Fair value measurement
The following table presents financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the consolidated statement of financial 
position in accordance with the fair value hierarchy. This hierarchy groups financial assets and liabilities into three levels based 
on the significance of inputs used in measuring the fair value of the financial assets and liabilities. The fair value hierarchy has 
the following levels:

•  level 1: quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical financial assets or liabilities;
•  level 2: inputs other than quoted prices included within level 1 that are observable for the financial asset or liability, 

indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and

•  level 3: inputs for the financial asset or liability that are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs).

The level within which the financial asset or liability is classified is determined based on the lowest level of input to the 
fair value measurement. The financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value in the statement of financial position 
are grouped into the fair value hierarchy as follows:

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Impact bonds

Investment in funds

Other investments

Forward foreign exchange contracts held to hedge non-sterling assets

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

2023
£’000

770

2,530

1,601

54

Forward foreign exchange contracts held to hedge non-sterling assets

(5)

Level 1
£’000

770

1,077

1,001

—

—

Total

4,950

2,848

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Impact bonds

Investment in funds

Other investments

Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Forward foreign exchange contracts used by seed funds

Other investments

Total

2022
£’000

2,177

1,070

200

(15)

(110)

Level 1
£’000

2,177

944

—

—

—

3,322

3,121

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

—

—

—

54

(5)

49

—

1,453

600

—

—

2,053

Level 2
£’000

Level 3
£’000

—

—

—

(15)

(110)

(125)

—

126

200

—

—

326

There have been no transfers between levels in the reporting period (2022: none).

Basis for classification of financial instruments classified as level 1 within the fair value hierarchy
Impact bonds, listed funds and other listed investments are classified as level 1. These investments are valued using market 
prices and coupon rates as applicable.

Basis for classification of financial instruments classified as level 2 within the fair value hierarchy
Forward foreign exchange contracts and options are both classified as level 2. Both of these instruments are traded on an 
active market. Options are valued using an industry standard model with inputs based on observable market data whilst the 
fair value of forward foreign exchange contracts may be established using interpolation of observable market data rather 
than from a quoted price.

Basis for classification of financial instruments classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy
Direct investments in private funds and share capital of start-up companies in the digital sector have been classified as level 3. 
There is no observable market for these investments, therefore fair value measurements have been derived from valuation 
techniques that include inputs that are not based on observable market data. The private funds are valued at net asset value 
in accordance with independent professional valuation reports or International Private Equity and Venture Capital Valuation 
Guidelines where relevant. The direct investments in capital of the start-up companies are valued at cost. 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

143

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

Classes and fair value of financial instruments
It is the Directors’ opinion that the carrying value of all financial instruments approximates to their fair value.

Categories of financial instrument

At 31 March 2023 

Impact bonds

Investment in funds

Other investments

Trade and other receivables (excludes prepayments)

Money market instruments with maturities > 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Derivative financial assets at fair value through profit or loss

Trade payables

Accruals

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Total

At 31 March 2022 

Impact bonds

Investment in funds

Other investments

Trade and other receivables (excludes prepayments)

Money market instruments with maturities > 3 months

Cash and cash equivalents

Trade payables

Accruals

Derivative financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss

Note

14

14

14

16

18

18

17

19

19

17

Note

14

14

14

16

18

18

19

19

17

Assets at
amortised
cost
£’000

Financial
liabilities 
measured at
amortised cost
£’000

Assets at
fair value
through
profit or loss
£’000

Liabilities at
fair value
through profit
or loss
£’000

—

—

—

12,613

4,549

10,757

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(221)

(5,074)

—

770

2,530

1,601

—

—

—

54

—

—

—

27,919

(5,295)

4,955

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(5)

(5)

Assets at
amortised
cost
£’000

Financial
liabilities 
measured at
amortised cost
£’000

Assets at
fair value
through
profit or loss
£’000

Liabilities at
fair value
through profit
or loss
£’000

—

—

—

8,753

13,913

3,345

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(478)

(3,608)

—

2,177

1,070

200

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(124)

(124)

Total

26,011

(4,086)

3,447

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
144 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

25. Related parties transactions
Company
Details of transactions between the Company and other Group undertakings, which are related parties of the Company, are 
shown below:

Transactions with subsidiaries
The Company’s subsidiary undertakings are listed in note 14, which includes a description of the nature of their business.

Amounts due to subsidiaries

Dividends received from subsidiaries

2023
£’000

(3,415)

10,500

2022
£’000

(714)

4,600

Amounts due to subsidiaries consist of funds lent by the subsidiaries to the Company to facilitate the Company’s investing 
activities. Amounts due to subsidiaries are disclosed as a net amount, and consist of amounts owed to Group undertakings in 
note 19 and trade receivables in note 16. All amounts owed to and by related parties will be settled in cash. No guarantees have 
been given or received. No provisions for expected credit losses have been raised against amounts outstanding (2022: £nil). 
No expense has been recognised during the year in respect of expected credit losses due from related parties.

Group
Transactions or balances between Group entities have been eliminated on consolidation, and in accordance with IAS 24, are not 
disclosed in this note.

Key management personnel compensation

Short-term employee benefits

Post-employment benefits

Share-based payments

Total

2023
£’000

10,311

327

3,539

14,177

2022
£’000

8,457

330

2,467

11,254

Key management personnel dividends
The dividends paid to key management personnel in the year ended 31 March 2023 totalled £4,073,511 (2022: £3,056,662).

Directors’ remuneration

Emoluments (excluding pension contribution)

Pension contribution (including payments made in lieu of pension contributions)

Total

2023
£’000

3,580

101

3,681

2022
£’000

2,809

96

2,905

During the year, no Directors of the Company (2022: none) participated in the Group Personal Pension Plan, a defined 
contribution scheme. Further detail on Directors’ remuneration is provided in the Remuneration report on page 79.

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

145

Notes to the financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2023 continued

26. Contingent liabilities and commitments
The Group has committed to subscriptions to equity capital of $1,791,870, of which $1,486,870 has been called. 

On 20 January 2023, the Group committed to a licence to use an office in London. The commitment is to 28 February 2025 and 
the outstanding amount to be paid at 31 March 2023 was £1,628,225. £836,060 is payable within twelve months and £864,180 
within the following twelve months. 

A previous commitment on an office in London had been made on 1 October 2021, with the commitment being to 31 October 
2023 and the original outstanding amount to be paid between 1 April 2023 and 31 October 2023 being £352,800. However, this 
commitment ended on 28 February 2023, when it was replaced and superseded by the commitment made on 20 January 2023. 

27. Capital management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are (i) to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern; 
(ii) to provide an adequate return to shareholders; and (iii) to meet regulatory capital requirements under the relevant 
jurisdictions (FCA and BaFin).

The Group sets the amount of capital in proportion to risk. The Group manages the capital structure and makes adjustments 
to it in light of changes in economic conditions and the risk characteristics of the underlying assets, while also continuing to 
ensure that the minimum required regulatory capital is maintained. In order to maintain or adjust the capital structure, the 
Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, or issue new shares. The Group 
had no debt in the current or prior financial year and consequently does not calculate a debt-to-adjusted capital ratio.

The Group’s total capital is equal to the net assets of the Group, and is managed within the categories set out below:

Required regulatory capital

Other operating capital

Total capital

2023
£m

7.1

21.2

28.3

2022
£m

5.4

20.5

25.9

Total capital covers the Group’s regulatory capital requirements plus capital required for day-to-day operational purposes and 
other investment purposes. The Directors consider that the other operating capital significantly exceeds the actual day-to-day 
operational requirements.

28. Ultimate controlling party
As at 31 March 2023 the Company had no ultimate controlling party, nor at 31 March 2022.

29. Post-reporting date events
No adjusting or significant non-adjusting events have occurred between the reporting date and the date of authorisation.

30. Restatement of the share premium account and retained earnings
Gains prior to 31 March 2022 on the release of shares from the Employee Benefit Trust have been reclassified from share 
premium to retained earnings as there was no issue of new shares. The prior cumulative movements to 31 March 2021 and for 
the year ended 31 March 2022 of £609,000 and £820,000 respectively, resulting in a total reclassification of £1,429,000 to the 
retained earnings balance as at 31 March 2022. 

In addition to this, a reclassified of £1,240,000 between the release of shares held by EBT and share based payment reserve 
movement in the statement of changes in equity was made to correct the classification of consolidation adjustments 
necessary to remove internal gains and losses arising when shares are transferred within the Group, and recognise it 
separately from the IFRS 2 charges. 

The restatement does not impact the current or previous years’ profit or loss.

31. Restatement of profit after tax in the Company statement of cash flows
For the prior year ended 31 March 2022, the Company statement of cash flows previously showed the loss after tax of £41,000 
excluding dividends received of £4,600,000. In order for the profit after tax figure to reconcile to the Company statement 
of changes in equity, this figure has now been updated in the FY-22 comparative figure to a profit after tax of £4,599,000 
including dividends. A corresponding line to remove the dividends received from subsidiaries from cash flows from operating 
activities was also added, as this is recognised in investing activities inline with the company policy. Since this represents a 
presentational adjustment only, the restatement does not impact the totals reported for cash inflow from operating activities 
nor the net decrease in, or closing balance for, cash and cash equivalents for the year.

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
146 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Five year summary

Year ended 31 March 

Management fees

Performance fees

Other revenue

Revenue

Cost of sales 

Gross profit

Operating expenses

Other income/(expenditure)

Operating profit

Net interest

Profit before taxation

Taxation 

Profit after taxation

Basic EPS (pence)

Ordinary dividend (pence)

Special dividend (pence)

Audited

2019
£’000

2020
£’000

2021
£’000

2022
£’000

2023
£’000

22,308

23,133

24,878

34,083

38,298

2,333

332

1,819

611

81

453

499

570

5,805

586

24,973

25,563

25,412

35,152

44,689

(385)

(255)

(399)

(219)

(37)

24,588

25,308

25,013

34,933

44,652

(16,704)

(17,741)

(18,934)

(23,726)

(29,888)

(8)

7,876

113

7,989

(1,559)

6,430

3.27

2.30

0.69

82

7,649

88

7,737

(1,365)

6,372

3.26

2.30

0.41

41

6,120

33

6,153

(802)

5,351

2.75

2.30

0.45

(372)

(293)

10,835

14,471

21

10,856

(2,225)

8,631

4.52

3.60

0.92

127

14,598

(3,259)

11,339

5.95

4.50

0.68

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023 

147

Information for shareholders

Record plc
Record plc is a public limited company incorporated in the UK.  
Registered in England and Wales  
Company No. 1927640

Dates for 2023 dividend

Ex-dividend date 

Record date 

Annual General Meeting 

13 July 2023

14 July 2023

29 July 2023

Final dividend payment date

9 August 2023

Registrar
Link Group
10th Floor  
Central Square  
29 Wellington Street  
Leeds  
LS1 4DL

Further information about the Registrar is available on their 
website www.linkgroup.eu

Registered office
Morgan House  
Madeira Walk  
Windsor  
Berkshire  
SL4 1EP  
United Kingdom 

Tel: +44 (0)1753 852 222  
Fax: +44 (0)1753 852 224

Principal UK trading subsidiaries
Record Currency Management Limited
Registered in England and Wales  
Company No. 1710736

Record Group Services Limited
Registered in England and Wales  
Company No. 1927639

Both principal UK trading subsidiaries are based in Windsor.

Further information on Record plc can be found on the 
Group’s website: www.recordfg.com

STRATEGIC REPORTGOVERNANCEFINANCIAL STATEMENTSADDITIONAL INFORMATION 
148 

Record plc 

Annual Report 2023

Definitions

“AIFMD”

“Articles”

“AUME”

“Board”

“bps”

“Companies Act”

“Company”

“$” or “dollars”

“EBT”

“EM”

“EPS”

“ESG”

“ETF”

“EU”

“FRB”

Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive

The Articles of Association of the Company

Assets Under Management Equivalents

Company’s Board of Directors

Basis point = 100th of a per cent

Every statute (including any orders, regulations or other subordinate legislation made under it) 
from time to time in force concerning companies in so far as it applies to the Company

Record plc

All references to dollars or $ symbol are to the currency of the US unless stated otherwise

Employee Benefit Trust

Emerging Markets

Earnings per share

Environmental, social and governance

Exchange traded fund

European Union

Forward Rate Bias

“Group” or “Record”

The Company and/or any one of its subsidiary undertakings

“IAS”

International Accounting Standards

“IFRS” or “IFRSs”

International Financial Reporting Standards

“IPO”

“KPI”

“KRI”

“LGPS”

Initial Public Offering

Key Performance Indicator

Key Risk Indicator

Local Government Pension Schemes

“London Stock Exchange”

London Stock Exchange plc

“MiFID”

“Official List”

“TIPS”

“US”

Markets in Financial Instruments Directive

The official list of the Financial Conduct Authority

US government treasury inflation protected securities

United States of America

AUME definition
The basis for measuring AUME differs for each product and is detailed below:

•  Dynamic Hedging mandates – total amount of clients’ investment portfolios denominated in liquid foreign currencies, 

and hence capable (under the terms of the relevant mandate) of being hedged.

•  Passive Hedging mandates – the aggregate nominal amount of passive hedges actually outstanding in respect of 

each client.

•  Currency for Return mandates – the maximum aggregate nominal amount of outstanding forward contracts for each client.
•  Multi-product mandates – the chargeable mandate size for each client. 
•  Cash – the total set aside by clients and managed and/or “equitised” using futures by Record.

The Group’s commitment to the environment is refl  ected in this report, which has been printed on 
Munken Polar Smooth, an FSC® certifi ed material. It also has EU Ecolabel, EMAS, ISO-14001 and PEFCTM 
(PEFC/05-33-99) certifi cation. Arctic Paper Munkedals AB is one of the most environmentally-friendly 
paper mills in the world and meets the requirements for FSC® Chain-of-Custody (“CoC”) certifi cation. 
FSC® CoC certifi cation assures that products sold with an FSC® claim originate from well-managed 
forests, controlled sources, and/or reclaimed materials in their supply chain. It confi rms that 
throughout the production process there is: respect for human rights, adherence to all local applicable 
timber legislation and no involvement in the destruction of high conservation areas. Arctic Paper 
Munkedals’ Munkedal mill is committed to reducing its long-term environmental impact and has the 
lowest water consumption per kilogram of paper in the entire industry, whilst the company’s energy 
usage is within or below the EU’s Best Available Techniques.

This document was printed by Pureprint Group using its environmental print technology, with 100% of 
dry waste diverted from landfi ll, minimising the impact of printing on the environment. The printer is a 
CarbonNeutral® company and ISO 14001 registered.

Designed and produced by 

www.lyonsbennett.com

Record plc

Morgan House
Madeira Walk
Windsor
Berkshire SL4 1EP
T: +44 (0)1753 852 222

marketing@recordfg.com
www.recordfg.com